HCM Handbook 2025-2026 - Vol 17

Page 1


GROUP TRAINING GROWTH AND

GROUP TRAINING THAT DRIVES GROWTH AND ATTENDANCE

Find out how Fitness & Lifestyle group training attendance soaring. Re ad the case study.

Find out how Fitness & Lifestyle Group sent group training attendance soaring. Read the case study. Scan here to take the

MAKE CHANGE HAPPEN

There’s a fantastic energy and shared purpose in the fi tness sector as we all collaborate to get more people active for the greater good. Research shows that while consumers are cutting back on hospitality, they continue to prioritise spend on health and fi tness. In the US, market penetration has reached 25 per cent of people over the age of six – rising to 31 per cent when those who use fitness facilities as nonmembers are included. In the UK, penetration has reached 16.9 per cent of over-16s and confidence is high in Europe of the market reaching 100 million members by 2030. However, there’s still the enduring issue of inequalities, with the same cohorts not yet engaging with physical activity: those living in deprived areas; some people in Black and Asian communities; people living with long-term health conditions and disabilities and also women – who all too often put other life priorities ahead of their own personal need to exercise and spend time on self care.

If the industry wants to be recognised as a healthcare partner by governments the world over, it needs to do better at reaching out to these groups. This doesn’t have to be at the expense of the bottom line, but it does require innovation. Total Fitness listened carefully to what women wanted before designing its Women’s Gym concept and PureGym has curated a “Very Small Box Format” to take its affordable fi tness concept into less densely populated areas and also into rural communities. It’s time to stop waiting for the invitation, the funding and the tax breaks and instead just do it. Find ways to make things happen, document the results and communicate the successes. Fight for these breakthroughs and this will lead to partnership with the healthcare sector and start to break down the barriers to physical activity.

05 Editor’s letter

HCM Handbook editor Kath Hudson introduces the 2024-2025 edition. The energy in the industry is off the charts and memberships are growing all over the world. Now it’s time to tackle the inequalities.

12 Fitness Foresight

HCM Handbook editorial director, Liz Terry and Kath Hudson predict key trends, influences and opportunities set to shape the sector, including vagus nerve resets, diagnostics and social prescribing.

INDUSTRY INSIGHTS

36 The way I see it

Colin Waggett, Tom Leverton, Elaine Jobson and Liz Clark are among the line-up of CEOs giving their take on current issues, such as how to influence governments and whether the recovery trend is here to stay.

58 AI v HI

CEO of Trouble Global and industry provocateur, Emma Barry, gives her annual review of the current –somewhat contradictory – trends and gives advice to operators about how to futureproof their businesses.

64 The wellbeing trajectory

Physiologist, wellbeing expert and co-founder of Future Practice and Pillar Wellbeing, Oliver Patrick, gives his view on what the industry should be focusing on moving forwards, in order to meet the wants and needs of consumers.

68 Pushing ahead

The franchise segment is a fast moving and dynamic part of the industry. Kath Hudson rounds up some of the major deals and developments of the last 12 months, including former Xponential Fitness CEO, Anthony Geisler, arriving back on the scene.

74 Better together

Founder member of the Active Wellbeing Service, Martyn Allison, talks through the vision of the

The latest HCM Fitness Foresight

sport and physical activity sector collaborating to deliver a service, which can narrow gaps in activity and tackle health inequalities.

76 F**k the hustle

For many people the relentlessness of the hustle culture is costing our happiness. Tim Jack Adams, founder of wellbeing consultancy GreenX7, says most of his clients comment on experiencing a lack of sleep and a lack of fun. He says play isn’t just frivolous, it’s essential, especially with mental illness on the rise.

82 Play in practise

Always at the cutting edge of wellness, Chiva Som’s Dr Jason Culp and Anna Bjurstam’s Six Senses tell us how they work with guests to cultivate joy, happiness and a playful attitude.

Oli Patrick shares his predictions
Emma Barry highlights trends and counter trends in the market
PHOTO:
PHOTO: JACK EMMERSON/HCM

RESEARCH ROUND-UP

90 Global growth

A summary of the Health & Fitness Association’s research into the global market.

94 New heights

Karsten Hollasch and Steffen Gausselmann talk us through the key findings of the 12th European Health and Fitness Market Report.

98 Milestone moment

Kath Hudson reports on the first UK Health and Fitness Market Report.

102 Latin lives

A deep dive into the Latin American market, courtesy of the Health & Fitness Association.

106 Tech first

A look at the results of the 2025 ACSM survey.

108 Tracking upwards

Active Insight’s Julie Allen talks us through the results of the UK’s Moving Communities Customer Experience Survey.

112 Joined-up approach

Dr Natalie Grinvalds talks through her research into co-locating facilities.

114 Memory matters

UCLA has found that Kundalini yoga provides cognitive and memory benefits for women.

115 Switching off ageing

Imperial College London has discovered a redundant gene which plays a key role in ageing.

116 Fresh take on Alzheimer’s

Scientists have found evidence that Alzheimer’s could be the result of an infection.

Julie Allen talks through the Moving Communities findings
A look at HFA’s research into the Latin American market

117 Tackling dementia

Exercise can stall, or even prevent dementia.

118 Fast forward

Ageing is not a linear process, finds Stanford Medicine.

119 Killer cells

Exercise can boost tumour-killing white blood cells in women with breast cancer.

120 Critical cardio

Cardio can cut disease and premature death by up to 17 per cent.

121 Facts about fat

Women and men utilise their fat differently during exercise

Who’s Who Our annual directory of UK and European operators

& SERVICES

Company profiles Access to health club suppliers and training providers

274 Industry organisations

health and wellness trade association contacts 276 Supplier contacts Contacts for key industry suppliers and service providers

Kundalini Yoga improves memory
Kath Hudson rounds up the latest franchise news

MEET THE TEAM

Liz Terry

EDITORIAL DIRECTOR

Email: lizterry@leisuremedia.com

Tel: +44 (0)1462 431385

Twitter: @elizterry

Kath Hudson

EDITOR

Email: kathhudson@leisuremedia.com

Tel: +44 (0)1462 431385

Twitter: @kath_hudson

Jan Williams PUBLISHER

Email: janwilliams@leisuremedia.com

Tel: +44 (0)1462 471909

Twitter: @jan_williams

■ Customer service: +44 (0)1462 431385

■ Advertising: +44 (0)1462 431385

■ Subscriptions: +44 (0)1462 471910

■ Circulation: +44 (0)1462 471932

■ Finance: +44 (0)1462 471930

■ Credit control: +44 (0)1462 733477

The HCM Handbook is published once a year by The Leisure Media Company Ltd, PO Box 424, Hitchin, SG5 9GF, UK. The views expressed in this publication are those of the authors and do not necessarily represent those of the publisher, Cybertrek Ltd.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recorded or otherwise, without the prior permission of the copyright holder, Cybertrek Ltd.

Printed by The Manson Group Limited. Distributed by Royal Mail Group Ltd and Whistl Ltd in the UK and Total Mail Ltd globally.

© Cybertrek Ltd 2025 and 2026 ISBN 978-1-870416-43-6

To subscribe to the HCM Handbook, log on to www.leisuresubs.com, email subs@leisuremedia.com or call +44 1462 471930. Rates: UK £60, EU £68, ROW £75

CHOOSE HOW YOU READ...

Print

The HCM Handbook is available to order in print from www.leisuresubs.com

Digital

Read the HCM Handbook free on digital turning pages and enjoy extra links and searchability www.healthclubhandbook.com/archive

PDF

The HCM Handbook is also available as a PDF edition for readers who want to enjoy it offline www.healthclubhandbook.com/pdf

OTHER HCM RESOURCES

HCM magazine www.HCMmag.com/digital www.HCMmag.com/pdf

HCM Online www.HCMmag.com/archive

HCM Ezine & Instant Alerts www.leisuremedia.com/signup

Fit Tech magazine www.fi ttechglobal.com

Spa Business magazine www.spabusiness.com

Buyer search engine www.fi tness-kit.net

Fitness trends

Kath Hudson and Liz Terry take a look at changes impacting the industry

1. OPTIMISING AI

Back in 2017, we flagged AI in HCM’s Fitness Foresight as having the potential to radically change the sector and now –eight years later – that time has come.

From AI-enabled fitness equipment by companies such as EGYM and Technogym, to software that uses AI to refine and in some cases automate service delivery, AI is already sweeping into the sector in a thousand ways.

The biggest winners will be consumers, as intelligent systems make the customisation and personalisation

of services seamless, improving the customer journey and reducing costs, while also enabling a wide range of support, such as suggested scheduling.

Tech companies are battling to make their proprietary AI agent the industry standard, with these operating as a new internet layer that pulls from and curates content from existing apps and web platforms.

We need to define what excellence looks like in our sector, so we can teach AI systems to help us deliver better and evolve to stay in line with customers’ changing needs.

AI agents are becoming a new internet layer that curates content from apps and the web

The social wellness trend started in places such as Farris Bad in Norway

2. SOCIAL WELLNESS

Feeding the need for health and community and tapping into ancient practices, we expect social wellness, based on sauna, breathwork and contrast bathing, to scale rapidly over the next fi ve years, with diff erent interpretations and price points.

The term social wellness was coined by Jonathan Leary when he launched Remedy Place in Los Angeles in 2019, creating a place for people to

socialise without alcohol, while doing something benefi cial for their health. Other brands have followed, such as Wellness Social in Melbourne, Arc, &Soul and Rebase in London, Othership in the US and Keen in Zurich – among many others. We expect to see more accessible pricing and deeper integration with other wellness off erings, such breathwork, sound healing, ritual circles and storytelling.

Arc founder, Chris Miller, says: “We want to keep things democratic. The benefi ts of these practices are so profound I want to make them available to as many people as possible.”

As the market for social wellness hots up another new off ering, called 432, curated by Jamie Waring, Jonathan Fisher and Emlyn Brown ( HCM issue 5 2025), will open in Amsterdam featuring a 45-minute, instructor-led journey.

PHOTO: FARRIS BAD/DAG NORDSVEEN

FITNESS FORESIGHT

3. GYM

KIT FOR WOMEN

Powerful conversations about womens’ needs are increasingly being heard in relation to exercise and the provision of facilities.

As exercise physiologist and former elite athlete, Dr Stacy Sims, says “women are not simply small men” and following the bro-science doesn’t yield the same results. For example, early morning fasted exercise spikes the stress hormone, cortisol, triggering the female body to break down muscle mass. Fitness professionals need to be telling women this and experts such as Baz Moff at at The Well HQ are working to spread the word.

Another issue is gym equipment, which is built for 1.7m to 1.8m men, making it unsuitable for many women – for example, pull up bars are too high, shoulder presses are often too big and much equipment hurts the breasts, so women risk injury when using it. Additionally, women can suff er from clitoral desensitisation due to using bike saddles designed for men.

Total Fitness CEO, Sophie Lawler, told HCM that fi nding appropriate equipment for the company’s Women’s Gym concept was a pain point and she

couldn’t benefi t from the economies of scale of going with one provider.

We need diff erent kit, or kit that can easily be adjusted to women’s anthropomorphy and we’re not talking shrink and pink.

There’s a gap in the market for kit that’s calibrated with women in mind and we predict suppliers will start plugging this gap very soon, as more and more women join health clubs and especially as their interest in strength training grows.

The trend towards women’s gyms will also accelerate this process.

Some fitness equipment hurts the breasts – new designs are needed

We expect GLP-1 support programmes to become standard in health clubs

4. GLP-1 SUPPORT

With rising use of GLP-1 weight loss medications, health clubs can play a key role in helping members maintain muscle mass, heart health and long-term wellbeing, especially in light of new research that found weight lost returns far faster than it does after conventional dieting.

Rapid weight reductions from these drugs can lead to muscle and heart tissue loss without proper exercise and nutrition. To support members safely, clubs need to prioritise resistance training, moderate cardio, adequate protein intake, and recovery strategies.

Gym staff should receive training in muscle physiology, body composition, and exercise for clinical or deconditioned populations. Qualifi cations in personal training, nutrition coaching and health coaching are also recommended, along with soft skills, such as empathy and motivational interviewing.

Teams also need to understand how GLP-1s work (appetite suppression, slower digestion, improved insulin sensitivity) and be aware of side effects, such as nausea and fatigue, which can affect engagement.

Clubs are advised to avoid offering medical advice, but there are opportunities

Read more GLP-1 weight loss only lasts 10-20 months

to build successful partnerships with local clinics and offer structured, supportive programmes focused on strength balance and sustainable habits.

Tools such as body composition tracking, supervised classes, and recovery services can add also add value for those on this journey and we expect this to become a standard across the industry. By blending education, tailored programming, and clear professional boundaries, health clubs can become trusted environments for members on GLP-1s—and stand out as leaders in holistic, medically informed wellness.

5. CLUB SOUNDS

There’s evidence to suggest some people cancel their health club memberships if they find the music playlists jarring or not refl ecting their preferences or personality and we think there’s room for the sector to do better when in comes to in-club sounds.

Music infl uences satisfaction and motivation, making it a signifi cant factor in whether members stay or leave.

A study published in the International Journal of Sports Science found music choice significantly impacts gym-goers’ enjoyment and motivation. Poor music selection

was listed as a common complaint, especially among younger members.

Some operators, such as Equinox and F45, brand themselves around curated playlists because they recognise the competitive advantage of getting music right.

Poor music choices disrupt workout fl ow and contribute to a lack of emotional connection with the space.

To get it right, match music tempo and tone to each area of the club. On the gym fl oor, use upbeat, rhythmic tracks (120–130 BPM) to enhance energy and

performance. In recovery zones and lounges, opt for slower, calming music (60–90 BPM) to support relaxation. Keep volume in the range of 65–75 dB to energise without overwhelming, and ensure good acoustics to avoid noise pollution between spaces.

Rotate genres, collect member feedback and aim for consistency with your brand identity.

Good music makes your club more welcoming, motivating and memorable, encouraging members to stay longer, return more, and feel more connected.

We expect to see a new focus on the power of music to impact retention

6. VAGUS NERVE RESETS

The vagus nerve is foundational to health. It impacts how our bodies function at every level – including digestion, blood sugar regulation, heart rate, immune system, recovery after illness, how we manage stress and anxiety, concentration and sleep. The longest, most complex of the cranial nerves, the vagus nerve originates in the brainstem and connects the brain to the heart, lungs, digestive system and many other organs, with a two-way communication system.

Modern lifestyles don’t support healthy nervous systems and increasing numbers of people are dysregulated, struggling with mood, anxiety and stress, so HCM expects practices that support vagal tone to go mainstream. Many – such as breathwork, sound baths and contrast therapy – are already being delivered by operators, but are not being flagged up as such, while others, such as somatic exercises, humming and tapping, can be adapted for delivery in health clubs.

Supporting the nervous system changes how the body functions at every level and fortunately, vagus nerve exercises are accessible, simple and easily incorporated into daily life. Fitness professionals need to claim this conversation with clients before the infl uencers take ownership. We’d like to see these practices being incorporated into training courses for all fi tness professionals, as the sector moves to deliver more wellness and mental health support. See more in HCM issue 5.

Interventions such as sound baths – seen here at Third Space – can deliver powerful vagus nerve resets
PHOTO: THIRD SPACE
Read more about vagus nerve resets

FITNESS FORESIGHT

Sophisticated health tests are becoming highly accessible

7. DIAGNOSTICS

The pace of development in the science of physiological and DNA testing is mindblowing, as tests move out of the laboratory and onto the high street.

The number of test-types becoming available is making it increasingly straightforward to see what’s going on inside the body to enable the delivery of targeted change at an affordable price.

Joining the dots on this are fi tness professionals who need to be conversant with the growing number of options, so they can make recommendations to clients and operators who, in their position of trust, are ideally placed to organise

tests for members – a useful service that also creates a revenue stream.

Understanding the changes taking place in their bodies gives people the motivation for exercise, empowers them to take charge of their health and takes the pressure off health care systems.

We expect to see more operators and fi tness professionals becoming conversant with the test options that are available and adding these to their repertoire.

This will require the development of greater expertise in the interpretation of results and the subsequent programming needed to support change.

Companies in the testing mix include Fitness Genes, which offers a DNA testing to optimise results from exercise; Hormona, which uses AI and at-home testing to help women track and optimise their hormones; Precision Analytical and its DUTCH test, which tracks hormones and metabolites; Zoe which offers a test for gut health, blood sugar and blood fat; Epicore Biosystems which measures hydration levels; Spotitearly which is using AI and dogs to sniff out early signs of cancer in breath samples and; Neko Body Scan which checks 28 biomarkers and includes a doctor’s consultation.

Pilates Addiction uses the proprietary Wundaformer to give a new edge

8. PILATES 3.0

Reformer Pilates is currently one of the top trends in health and fi tness: classes are over-subscribed, instructors are in short supply and FIBO was fl ooded with reformers this year. How long will the boom continue? Is this modality, which feels like a cross between a workout and a yoga class, an enduring trend? Will the market get too crowded? Will consumers start to look for the next thing?

We think the trend is here to stay for at least a generation and is part of the move to wellness that’s being driven by consumers.

We expect to see Pilates diversifing and innovating to meet the needs of different audiences, with new concepts coming to market, such as Pilates Addiction, the new franchise from Anthony Geisler and Sara Luna which has a more high-energy athletic vibe and uses the Wundaformer.

The challenge for operators is studio optimisation versus the cost of fi t-out, so expect to see bigger studios, Barry’s-style switch around workouts that allow more people in a class to share equipment and a new lease of life for mat Pilates.

The Pilates boom will also have a ripple effect, and we’ll see allied disciplines, such as Lagree and Gyrotonic, getting a bounce and becoming more available in the market.

FITNESS FORESIGHT

Health clubs will give access to health checks and tests for women in regular clinics

9. VAGINAL HEALTH

Women’s health venture capitalists, Amboy Street Ventures, estimates the unaddressed vaginal health market to be worth US$17.5 billion a year. This “ghost market” includes vaginal microbiome testing – which can prevent pre-term births – as well as a wide range of products to address issues with pelvic fl oor weakness and vaginal atrophy. Health clubs are less intimidating than health clinics when it comes to getting tested and treated and we expect vaginal and more general gynae health services to take their place alongside the physiotherapist

and massage therapist in health clubs as women increasingly take charge of their own health.

In the UK, fi ve million women are behind with cervical screening and taking this into health clubs through drop-in clinics could increase uptake.

Adjacent to this is sexual health –everything that goes on in the body is a barometer of wellbeing and shouldn’t be ignored and this includes things such as a lack of desire.

According to endocrinologist, Dr Jolene Brighten, low libido in women is not about age, stress or a personal failing. If relationship

issues are ruled out, lack of desire can be an indicator of hormonal imbalances, metabolic health issues, nervous system overload or auto immune disorder and might require further investigation. Sexual health is important, as oxytocin buffers against the negative effects of stress and reboots hormone production. Pelvic fl oor health can also be improved by exercise if PTs are trained to deliver it, with trailblazers including The Gym Group in the UK, which is working with The Well HQ to deliver exercise interventions.

All training courses will eventually qualify instructors to deliver wellness interventions

10. WELLBEING QUALS

Fitness professionals need to train up to become wellbeing professionals and fast. According to physiologist and co-founder of Future Practice, Oli Patrick, 56 per cent of Gen Z get their health advice from TikTok because there are no professionals giving it to them. This is even more timely given that people who are taking GLP-1 medications need help to change their lifestyle habits and build muscle mass while losing weight. “If the fitness sector doesn’t step up to wellbeing soon it will fragment

and we’ll be out of the picture,” says Patrick. “But if we take ownership of things such as recovery, sleep and breathwork, health clubs and gyms could become the places to get your lifestyle curated.”

It’s time to get on the case with CPD and make sure it’s applied on the gym fl oor. Numerous options are now available. Future Practice offers a suite of courses around breathwork, sleep and VO2 max which have distilled Patrick’s 25 years’ of clinical experience into bite-sized digital courses at a price which aims to be low enough for all PTs to make the investment.

Active IQ is launching a diploma in Health and Wellbeing Coaching in Q3 2025, which is a Level 3 nested qualifi cation covering positive behaviour change, mental resilience and lifestyle programming, while Future Fit has launched an online course to support fi tness professionals working with people taking GLP-1 drugs and which is endorsed by Dr Hussain Al-Zubaidi.

We expect to see all instructors and PTs getting qualifi ed in wellbeing interventions as the health club sector increasingly competes for the wellness consumer and integrates with medical.

FITNESS FORESIGHT

Instagrammers will get their own filming spaces

11. INSTA ROOMS

With gym memberships trending younger, we’re seeing an increasing number of Instagrammers creating content in health clubs. This can be a pain point, as they can hog equipment, annoy other gym users and compromise others’ privacy. However, it does present gym owners with the opportunity to harness free PR.

Sandwell Leisure Trust in the UK has taken the “if you can’t beat ‘em, join ‘em” approach with its new Burn Lab.

The trust worked with Stronger Wellness to curate a studio as a filming playground featuring camera-friendly pieces of kit and sympathetic lighting, as well as light stands and portable lights for content creators to use.

“We were noticing that content creators were using pieces of equipment for 15 to 20 minutes while they filmed, which was causing friction with other users,” CEO of Sandwell Leisure Trust, Mark

Braithwaite told HCM . “We realised there was the opportunity to redirect them into a different space and capitalise on their social media followings for some PR.”

The Burn Lab took over an underutilised studio and although the studio is open to everyone and content creators can still use the main gym area, it has alleviated the issue and provided a win-win situation.

We expect to see insta rooms being added to clubs to cater for this need.

12. BREATHWORK

Health clubs can use breathwork classes to support members’ physical, mental, and emotional wellbeing.

Breathwork involves guided breathing techniques that regulate the nervous system, reduce stress, and enhance performance.

Conscious breathing activates the parasympathetic nervous system, lowering cortisol levels and heart rate, and promoting relaxation.

Techniques such as diaphragmatic breathing, box breathing, or coherent breathing (5.5 breaths per minute) can improve oxygen effi ciency, reduce anxiety, and enhance focus and over time, breathwork may also increase heart rate variability (HRV) – a marker of resilience and recovery.

For best results, health clubs can offer dedicated breathwork sessions or integrate them into yoga, recovery, or mental fi tness classes which can be themed, for example, for stress reduction or emotional release, or to boost energy.

Qualifi ed instructors or therapists are needed to guide sessions, helping members learn techniques they can go on to apply on a daily basis.

Combining breathwork with other interventions, such as cold exposure or meditation can amplify the benefi ts.

Breathwork is a low-cost, accessible tool that supports recovery, mental clarity, emotional regulation and improved physical performance and as demand for holistic well-being solutions grows, breathwork offers health clubs a powerful, sciencebacked way to add value and differentiate their wellness offerings and we expect to see it becoming a staple of the sector.

We expect health clubs to integrate breathwork into their offerings, while also adding new programmes

FITNESS FORESIGHT

13. FREE MAT SPACE

As growing numbers of consumers experience personal training – often in locations without large equipment – they’re becoming increasingly comfortable doing mat-based stretching and bodyweight exercises to supplement gym workouts.

We see a need emerging for more fl exible open mat spaces in health clubs, creating places where members can simply ‘play’ – warming up, cooling down, stretching and exercising in their own time and following their own personal needs and training programmes.

Everyone Active is already adding these spaces, equipping them with Therabody products such as vibrating foam rollers and Theraguns, stretch bands, hand weights and other small equipment and the areas are in constant use.

This trend plays to the fact that consumers are increasingly fi tnessliterate, many know how to train and what works for them and they want the freedom to do it in their own way.

It also ties in with the powerful recovery trend, identifi ed in HCM’s Fitness

Foresight 2017, which is now such a huge part of the health and fi tness sector.

Expect to see people doing yoga moves, balance training, stretching and using recovery products they don’t have at home to resolve their aches and pains.

There may even be a market for a new concept studio space which is purely a physical playground with only mats and small equipment.

With so much interest from consumers in this kind of space, we expect to see the concept being deployed in multiple way.

Free space in gyms will increasingly be used for self-directed exercise

Read more about duty of care for young people in health clubs in HCM

Operators will design hangout spaces for young people and ‘treat them as customers’

14. GEN Z HANGOUTS

Even a democratised social wellness offering might be a bit beyond the budget of Gen Z, but gyms aren’t. Research shows that all around the world it’s the youngsters who are the most engaged demographics and are instrumental in the uptick in memberships. Research by The Gym Group showed the importance of the gym for Gen Z, with 37 per cent viewing it as a place to socialise. Speaking at the HCM Summit

in October 2024, The Gym Group CEO, Will Orr, said: “Gen Z are working out more often and more than one-third of them are seeing the gym as a place to socialise, with 42 per cent saying they’ve made new friends at the gym.” (www. HCMmag.com/willorrHCMsummit24) Gen Z make up 40 per cent of the membership and, in response, The Gym Group has worked with Brinkworth Design, to ensure clubs appeal to this cohort.

At UK Active’s Active Uprising in March 2025, Beano Brain’s, Adam Wilson, said the fi tness sector could learn from McDonald’s in how to reach this generation. He said the fast food chain “offers low barriers to entry cost-wise and it’s the fi rst place they can go without their parents. They’re made to feel welcome and are treated as a customer.”

We expect to see value and public sector gyms evolving to embrace this opportunity with safe social spaces for young people.

FITNESS FORESIGHT

15. TOE HEALTH

Falls can mean the end of independence for older people and are the leading cause of injury-related death. The number of fatal falls have doubled in the last 20 years and mental and physical health often suffer as a result. The mortality rate one year after a fall is 33 per cent.

It’s not just an old person thing – one in four adults say they fall over each year.

According to Angela Metrou, founder of Modern Mind and Body Care, which offers online programming including ‘13 for toes’, says: “While hips and core are big drivers of balance, it’s foot contact and ankle strength which are key to keeping us from losing our balance, especially as we lose sensitivity to our feet as we age.

“By the age of 50 our feet need 20 per cent more pressure to perceive a stimulus and by 80 this rises to 75 per cent.

Research has shown that big toe strength is an indicator of the likelihood of falls – more so than any other muscles in the lower limbs. And the likelihood of a subsequent fall doubles after falling once.

Simple toe exercise are easy to do at home, or while taking a break from the desk and can be added at the end of classes in the gym.

Metrou recommends using texture to stimulate feet, jumping off chairs and using fabric bands.

We expect health clubs to increasingly highlight toe health and incorporate toe exercises into programmes.

Big toe strength is an indicator of the likelihood of falls – more so than any other muscle

16. SWIMMING

There are challenges in the swimming sector, but we see opportunity and expect more operators to harness this potential. Pools are notoriously expensive to run and new UK Active/ Swim England research shows 500 have been lost in the UK since 2010. The decline is speeding up with almost half lost since 2020. However, in last year’s State of the UK Swimming Industry Report, LeisureDB’s David Minton said pools need to be repositioned as prized assets rather than being seen as a drain on budgets.

We wholeheartedly agree and believe there’s a whole world of swimming out there to be explored beyond childrens’ lessons, especially with the growing interest in cold water swimming and triathlon, which is already giving outdoor pools and Lidos a longer season without the cost of heating. The feeling of gliding through water is exhilarating – like fl ying – yet so few people experience this. We believe offering adult swim coaching – indoor and outdoors –and creating more niche swim clubs could inspire a new generation of water lovers.

As well as being an essential life skill, swimming is the only complete form of exercise, delivering cardiovascular health, strength, fl exibility and mindfulness. It’s weightless, so is easy on the joints, the risk of injury is low, it involves skill which means there is a progression opportunity; it’s fun and can be highly social.

Harnessing the momentum created by the cold water swimming scene by organising groups teaching people how to approach it safely could create a buzz and get more people engaged.

Cold water swimming is driving consumer engagement that operators can encourage
PHOTO:
Read more about cold water swimming with Gilly McArthur

FITNESS FORESIGHT

17. MITOCHONDRIAL HEALTH

With many consumers reporting fatigue, health clubs are in a perfect place to support with interventions based on light therapy, cold therapy and nutritional optimisation. Red light therapy, also known as photobiomodulation, uses far infrared light to stimulate cellular energy production. At the heart of this process are mitochondria – the powerhouses of the cell – which generate ATP, the main energy currency of the body. Far infrared light penetrates cells and increases ATP

production, improving energy levels, physical performance, and cellular repair.

Blue light is traditionally used to regulate circadian rhythms and treat SAD, but is now being studied for its effects on cellular energy. Emerging research suggests exposure to specifi c wavelengths (the 415–495 nm range) can stimulate mitochondrial activity, leading to improved cellular energy output and increased alertness.

Lifestyle strategies can also support mitochondrial health and promote the

Consumers’ quest for boundless energy can be addressed with light

creation of new mitochondria – aerobic, HIIT and resistance exercise, intermittent fasting and diets rich in polyphenols, omega fatty acids, and antioxidants, such as berries, nuts, olive oil and green vegetables, for example. Adequate sleep, stress management and cold exposure can stimulate mitochondrial resilience, boosting energy levels, cognitive and cellular health.

All these interventions lie within the remit of health clubs and we expect mitochondrial health to become a focus for the sector.

PHOTO:

18. RURAL GYMS

While operators are competing for sites in major cities and talking about plans to break new territories globally, there are huge swathes of most countries which are still missing out on access to decent health and fi tness facilities at value for money prices.

HCM first discussed the potential for the development of rural gyms in 2023. Developing them using the same model as a city-centre doesn’t work for operators – who need more footfall – or residents, who all too often find themselves paying more for an inferior product to their city counterparts, while generally earning less.

In the UK, 10.5 million people –almost 20 per cent of the population – live in rural areas, representing a huge potential audience and business opportunity. Some would argue we also have a moral obligation to deliver access.

PureGym is the first high value, low cost operator to come up with a model – the very small box format – which can work in low footprint areas, and is eyeing sites all over the UK, including the last frontier of Cornwall, which is yet to benefit from affordable fitness.

“Penetration will improve when the whole population has access to a low-cost gym and we’ve embarked on ambitious expansion to meet this demand. We think there is potential for 600 sites in the UK.”

PureGym has thrown down the gauntlet and we expect more to follow.

Read more HCM’s insight into health and fitness in rural areas

It’s time to elevate training options in rural areas

FITNESS FORESIGHT

19. NEW MARKETS

With RX Launching FIBO Arabia and Elevate heading to India, hotspots are emerging around the world.

We expect the global market to continue rapid expansion, with several regions offering high growth potential.

Asia-Pacific presents major opportunities, particularly India, Southeast Asia and China, which have large, young populations, growing middle classes and increasing awareness of lifestyle-related health issues. Penetration remains low, making them ripe for affordable, tech-enabled fitness offerings.

MENA nations, especially Saudi Arabia and the UAE, are investing heavily in wellness through national strategies such as Vision 2030. Cultural shifts are driving increased participation, particularly among women, creating demand for high-end, gender-specifi c and boutique facilities.

Latin America, led by Brazil and Mexico, has a strong fi tness culture and growing interest in community-driven, accessible gyms, while sub-Saharan Africa shows potential in countries such as South Africa, Kenya, and Nigeria, where rising health concerns and mobile tech offer pathways for fi tness access and education.

Eastern Europe is seeing growth driven by youth, improving economies, and interest in social and functional fi tness experiences.

Success will come from delivering affordable, inclusive and tech-integrated options tailored to local needs.

Growth is being driven by young populations and awareness of health

20. SOCIAL PRESCRIBING

Social prescribing, which connects people to community resources, activities and services to improve their health and wellbeing, can address social, emotional and practical needs that impact overall health. The activities can be gym-based, or they might be in nature or a cultural setting and according to analysis from the National Academy for Social Prescribing, this can substantially relieve pressure on the health service through reduced doctor’s visits, hospital visits and admissions.

With the pivot to wellbeing happening in the pubic sector in the UK, social prescribing represents an obvious convergence with the healthcare sector.

Places Leisure is an early adopter and has already appointed a social prescribing team, headed up by Alison Elsender, who has moved across from social prescribing in the medical sector. Elsender is streamlining referrals and supporting people through the process, many of whom won’t have stepped inside a leisure centre before.

See all the key fitness trends and predictions from each year since 2014

We expect to see more trusts and local authorities following the lead of Places Leisure and finding ways to work more closely with doctors in order to engage with new audiences and level up inequalities. Prescribing exercise rather than medication is more effective for a number of healthrelated issues and more holistic than GP referrals, working to support people with mental and physical health issues, as well as loneliness and financial challenges. ●

Social prescribing is being delivered by Places Leisure in the UK

INSIGHTS

INDUSTRY INSIGHTS

THE WAY I SEE IT

How can the industry attract people who don’t think gyms are for them?

How do we get governments on side? Are memberships too cheap?

Will the recovery trend be a flash in the pan? And why is this such a great industry to work in? HCM Handbook gets the views from senior global operators

“Creating the right culture of respect and inclusion among your membership is not easy, but it is vital”

CEO: Third Space

How can the fitness industry attract the other 80 per cent? Does any category have 100 per cent market penetration? We should be very much at peace with people enjoying team sports, running, cycling, walking activities or training at home.

What we can do is build very materially on our 20 per cent by being excellent in the service and experience that we offer, whatever the concept, and continuing to innovate and differentiate our offerings to appeal to different audiences.

The wind is on our backs as a sector so we should make the most of it. This includes building financially viable businesses that can attract investment to grow for the long term. That might get us to 30 per cent, which would be progress and might even be attainable!

Living well and being happy are key motivators for Third Space members

What more can be done to remove barriers for women to exercise?

There are not many businesses where the behaviour of your customers has such a profound effect on the experience of your other customers. The key is to create the right culture of respect and inclusion among your membership. This is not easy, but it is vital. In this way clubs could do a lot more to be welcoming to women.

What are your thoughts on the recovery trend?

It is already mainstream. As motivations have shifted from ‘lose weight’ to ‘live well and be happy’, people’s motivations have become much more rounded and they

know they need to look after themselves.

The rise of wearables is a huge piece of marketing for our industry, which drives people to educate themselves as to how to train and recover.

What do you enjoy the most about your job?

Working with people who are as passionate about what we do as I am. I never have to worry about whether the Third Space team is invested in our purpose.

Do membership prices need to rise?

Over time yes. Any health club needs to generate enough cash to enable it

to re-invest to keep standards high and to invest in people. Costs will go up, so prices must go up enough to at least sustain a healthy margin. Investment is vital because members will eventually leave a tired and ageing club.

What’s your personal fitness routine?

I love to ride my bike with friends at the weekend. More than 50 of us from Third Space participated in the Mallorca half Ironman in May (2025) so that motivated me to get in the pool this winter, to make sure I could keep up with the younger team members. My Monday morning PT is a staple of my life that I couldn’t do without.

How can the fitness industry attract the other 80 per cent?

For too long our industry has catered to the already-active, but true growth lies in breaking down barriers for those who feel intimidated, uninspired or underserved. We must reframe fitness as a tool for overall wellbeing, not just aesthetics.

This means creating welcoming spaces, offering programmes tailored to beginners and older adults and integrating technology to make fitness more accessible beyond the gym. Flexible memberships, virtual coaching and partnerships with workplaces and healthcare providers can help us meet people where they are.

The future of our industry depends on inclusivity. If we shift the focus from traditional gym culture to holistic health and longevity, we can unlock a new wave of engagement and ensure fitness is for all.

“The future of our industry depends on inclusivity. If we shift the focus from traditional gym culture to holistic health and longevity, we can unlock a new wave of engagement”
CEO and MD: Jetts Fitness Elaine Jobson

What's the key to getting governments onside?

As a board member of AUS Active, Australia's peak body for the fitness industry, I see government engagement as a critical step in making fitness more accessible. We’re actively working with policymakers through initiatives such as Fit for Office, where MPs compete in a fitness challenge and Million Moves, which encourages MPs to lead their electorates in achieving a million moves over 21 days through gyms, outdoor walks and more. By involving government leaders in fitness firsthand, we highlight the role exercise plays in reducing healthcare costs, improving productivity and enhancing community wellbeing. We're advocating for policy changes that support physical activity in schools, workplaces and local communities.

What more can the industry do to remove barriers for women to exercise?

More women are embracing strength training, however, gym environments have not evolved to accommodate this change, with weights areas dominated by heavy lifting zones.

Women over 50 are a forgotten segment, despite the proven benefits of strength training for bone density, longevity and overall health. Gyms also fail to provide adequate support for pre and post-natal women. In the absence of education and tailored programmes, many stop exercising.

The industry must do better by redesigning spaces, offering education and providing inclusive programming to ensure that women, at every life stage, feel empowered to continue their fitness journey without barriers.

Jetts Fitness invests in its teams so they can deliver outstanding service

Do membership prices need to rise?

In many cases, yes. A sustainable industry requires pricing that reflects the quality of the experience. While discounting might drive short-term growth, it's not a sustainable strategy. Instead, gyms must focus on delivering high-quality products and exceptional service to build long-term value. If we shift the focus from discounts to delivering real value, members will see fitness as an investment, not an expense. Rather than competing on price, we should prioritise increasing member

usage through engaging programming and elevated experiences. This starts with investing in our teams – training them to deliver outstanding service and support.

What do you enjoy the most about your job?

After 30 years in the fitness industry, I can honestly say I've loved every single day. What I enjoy most is the impact we have changing people's lives through fitness. I love being surrounded by passionate individuals who share a common purpose

to help others live better, healthier lives. This industry has given me lifelong friendships, incredible experiences and the chance to make a real difference. It’s more than a job, it’s a calling.

Who’s your best pal in the industry?

I love the network of passionate likeminded people in this industry.

A particularly special relationship is with David Minton (founder of Leisure DB) who has exceptional taste in restaurants and wine!

How can the fi tness industry attract the other 80 per cent?

We’re at an infl ection point as the world evolves beyond fi tness and traditional medical care. For too long, the fi tness industry has focused on those who are already active, leaving behind the majority of people who don’t feel traditional fi tness spaces are for them.

Our vision at Purpose Brands is to ensure wellness services are accessible to individuals and communities around the world and we believe accessibility is more than just locations, it’s about meeting people where they are, physically and emotionally.

As well as expanding our presence around the globe with the goal of reaching 10 million members with more than 10,000 locations by 2030, Purpose Brands is investing in technology that

“Across all our brands, we’re working to increase female representation in leadership – when more women lead, more women feel welcome in our spaces”

CEO: Purpose Brands Tom Leverton

offers personalised coaching and fi tness experiences to people who might not feel comfortable walking into a gym; partnering with healthcare providers and corporate wellness programmes to integrate fi tness into everyday life and being a loud voice of encouragement that any movement is good.

What more can the industry do to remove barriers for women to exercise?

Women face their own set of challenges when it comes to fi tness around the world, from safety concerns and cultural barriers to societal expectations. We’re taking real steps to address this across our brands and business worldwide.

In Bahrain, we launched a women’s-only Orangetheory Fitness to create a space where women feel safe and empowered to

train. In Saudi Arabia and the Gulf Cooperation Council (GCC) area, we’ll do the same, navigating each country with an eye to help improve the health of women.

Across all our brands, we’re working to increase female representation in leadership – when more women lead, more women feel welcome in our spaces. Fitness should be a place of strength and support for everyone. We are making strides to ensure that reality for all women.

What’s the key to getting governments onside?

Changing the minds of leaders and policymakers is critical work that must be done around the world. The key is to

PHOTO: PURPOSE BRANDS

Purpose Brands wants to create spaces where women feel empowered

show policymakers how fitness reduces healthcare costs, improves workforce productivity and ultimately strengthens economies. While all of the data shows the crucial role of fitness in managing risk factors and boosting immunity, it’s just not seen as an essential health service – yet.

During the pandemic in the US, gyms permanently closed at five times the rate of restaurants. It proved that fitness has to shake this reputation of

being merely a lifestyle choice, when it’s actually a public health necessity.

We dug in and worked closely with governments in the US and Canada to advocate for fitness clubs and studios as essential services. Since then, we’ve expanded those efforts on a more global scale, and that work continues.

In Saudi Arabia, we’re currently aligning with the government’s Vision 2030 plan to improve public health and quality of life.

What is your personal fitness/wellness routine?

I try to embody our company’s purpose in my own life. I’m a huge basketball fan and coached my daughter’s high school team. Now that she’s off to college, my routine includes strength training, high-intensity workouts and plenty of mobility work. I also prioritise recovery and move every day, whether it’s a structured workout or simply staying active with my family.

How can the fi tness industry attract the other 80 per cent?

I think this is a strategic challenge as opposed to a tactical one. Most in the industry focus on the 20 per cent who are naturally inclined to use our products and services as opposed to the 80 per cent who prefer to avoid them. There’s commercial logic to this selfperpetuating position – you are likely to get a better yield for your time and resources when attracting a segment that is already positively disposed, instead of attracting a segment that’s not.

So, the question is not how can we attract the other 80 per cent, but how can we make it more attractive than the opportunity cost associated? An approach would be to conceptualise products and services at the outset for the 80 per cent which in our industry has never really

“I’ve been studying meditation for over 25 years, and it is often misunderstood – its benefits are essentially inexhaustible for the individual and society”
CEO: Tribute Brands Jonathan Fisher
Fisher believes recovery concepts, such as 432, can widen the appeal of the industry
PHOTO: TRIBUTE
PHOTO: TRIBUTE BRANDS

The 432 social wellness concept will open fi rst Amsterdam

been the case. It requires a total shift in mindset and a long-term approach.

What are your thoughts on the recovery trend?

This is a great example of how to attract the other 80 per cent, by thinking outside the box. Many recovery practices bypass some of the key objections related to an exercise-centric approach, for example, you don’t need to exert yourself to sweat in a sauna and you get the benefi ts of a cold plunge even if you only do it once a week. With modernised practices such as sauna, cold-plunge and breathwork gaining traction, I do think recovery has the potential to reach a wider audience. This has led to my involvement in an exciting new social wellbeing venture, 432. (See interview with Jamie Waring in HCM issue 5 2025 www.HCMmag.com/archivec).

Will modalities such as breathwork and meditation go mainstream?

This is another great example of how to attract the other 80 per cent! These practices have been around for millennia for good reason – and with modernised marketing and execution, they will go mainstream. I’ve been studying meditation for more than 25 years, and it’s often misunderstood – its benefi ts are essentially inexhaustible for the individual and society.

Breathwork is one of the most direct ways to get an immediate wellbeing outcome, alongside hot-cold therapies and of course, exercise. 432 Social Wellbeing will be an example of taking breathwork mainstream, as it integrates the practice with sound, in a curated, group-led experience centred around sauna and cold-plunge.

What’s your personal fi tness and wellness routine?

Fitness and exercise has always been a part of my life; however my wellness routine has been built on a daily meditation practice, both morning and evening. As mentioned, I’ve been studying this seriously for more than 25 years and continue to do so under the guidance of my mentor, Dr Shankaranarayan Jois, author of Sacred Tradition of Yoga I endeavour to exercise every day, with a TRIB3 HIIT workout once or twice a week, and weight-training with my personal trainer once or twice a week. When none of the above fall into place I happily fall back on a self-appointed 20-minute circuit combined with some yoga stretches. I’m looking forward to PILAT3S opening near me so I can incorporate dynamic reformer Pilates into my routine.

What more can the industry do to remove barriers for women to exercise?

We need tailored solutions to support women in staying active. Life demands –such as work, family and caregiving – often take priority over exercise for women. As a wife and working mum of three young boys, I face this issue myself.

Crunch offers childcare in many of its gyms to accommodate busy mums and we make women feel welcomed no matter where they are on their fi tness journey. We’ve added equipment that women are asking for, such as for glutes and abs. And our new hot studio offers a variety of classes that women are particularly interested in, from hot yoga to Pilates.

To increase engagement among women, industry operators can make exercise more social to build that authentic connection,

“I love listening to our members’ stories. Listening is key to understanding and that insight becomes innovation”
Molly Long

COO: Crunch Fitness

as well as introducing group fi tness classes with themed workouts or buddy systems and host social events like post-class meet ups to blend fi tness with social connection.

What are your thoughts on the recovery trend?

Recovery and wellness are becoming a critical part of “healthy”. Our members have increasingly prioritised recovery and a holistic approach to wellness, so to meet their evolving needs, we recently launched our innovative design, Crunch 3.0.

A key part of the new layout includes reinventing the Relax and Recover space to make it feel more spa-like. We’ve enhanced the services in the space, including Hyperice percussive, red light therapy and the infrared sauna. There’s also a dedicated stretching area, dimmed lighting and speakers with soothing music.

Crunch is making it easier for women to exercise, by offering childcare and other support

Will modalities such as meditation, and breathwork go mainstream?

Yes. A key part of Crunch 3.0 is “Hot Stuff,” a dedicated hot studio for members looking for holistic offerings. We offer a number of heated group fitness classes including yoga, Pilates and barre for members looking to optimise their mental health. We’re looking at expanding Hot Stuff classes into other modalities including breathwork and meditation.

Do membership prices need to rise?

Innovation doesn’t mean membership prices need to rise. With Crunch 3.0, we have redefined fitness spaces and selectively curated design elements to elevate the member experience, but even with this latest prototype, our base memberships will still start at US$9.99 a month, offering exceptional value.

What do you enjoy the most about your job?

I love listening to our members’ stories. Whenever I’m out in our gyms, I make a point to talk to our members, who will tell you exactly what’s on their mind. It’s the best way to truly understand their motivations. Listening is key to understanding and that insight becomes innovation.

What’s your personal fitness and wellness routine?

I run about three miles, six days a week. It’s a kind of meditation for me. I’m not fast at all, but I always feel great after. I’m also a huge fan of the Crunch group fitness classes and my next goal is to lean into strength more.

PHOTO: CRUNCH FITNESS

What more can the industry do to remove barriers for women to exercise?

Fitness is no longer solely about aesthetics; it’s about overall wellbeing and empowerment. Women-focused fi tness challenges, uplifting group workouts and inclusive spaces foster connection and motivation. When we prioritise accessibility, education and empowerment, we create a fi tness culture where more women can thrive.

Creating a supportive, safe, and inclusive environment is essential. Women often reference intimidation and time constraints as barriers to exercise, making inclusive atmospheres and integrating hybrid fi tness experiences paramount. Providing fl exible class schedules or at-home workout options, like Lift Brands’ Fitness On Demand, ensures

“Providing value is a huge factor in the sales process, in this economic climate members want to feel they’re getting the most for their money”

Ty Menzies

CEO: Lift Brands

women can fi t movement into their lives in a way that works for them. Welcoming gym designs and safe workout environments – both in person and online – are also essential to making fi tness more accessible for women. Representation matters too. Seeing women of all ages, backgrounds and fi tness levels in marketing and leadership roles helps create a sense of belonging in the industry.

What are your thoughts on the recovery trend?

The mindset of go hard or go home is changing, with a sustainable approach to fitness being about enjoyment and recovery.

Snap Fitness was an early adopter of recovery solutions, delivering an extensive library of stretching, breathwork and mobility content through our award-winning Snap App.

Fitness On Demand launched Recovery Station in March (2025), which offers guided recovery, mindfulness and breathwork sessions delivered to members through a touch-screen TV.

We know many members prioritise wellbeing over training intensity and it’s my belief that recovery will soon become as mainstream as strength and cardio training.

Do membership prices need to rise?

Providing value is a huge factor in the sales process. In this economic climate members want to feel they’re getting the most for their money. Despite the global economic pressures and the focus on affordability, members are willing to pay for personalised experiences, both at clubs and beyond. Beyond the equipment and facilities, we’ve found that support, guidance and community set clubs apart.

PHOTO: LIFT BRANDS

What do you enjoy the most about your job?

The best part is the people. From passionate franchise owners to personal trainers, the energy is infectious. You get to see firsthand how fitness transforms not just bodies, but also boosts confidence, strengthens communities and supports small business owners’ careers.

Being surrounded by workout enthusiasts means you’re constantly inspired – or guilt tripped! – into staying active yourself.

There’s nothing better than walking into one of our gyms, chatting with members and seeing the brand in action. And if that means testing out the latest equipment or joining a class, that’s just good leadership, right? At the end of the day, it’s about impact, energy, and maybe a few too many protein shakes!

Members want value and to make the most of their money
Menzies says the energy of his team is infectious
PHOTO: LIFT BRANDS

How can the fi tness industry attract the other 80 per cent?

Value is crucial, especially for young people who are prioritising their health and wellbeing and are savvy spenders. As an industry we’ve got to break down misconceptions – gone are the days of gyms being exclusively for bodybuilders.

Despite this, our sector and associated industries, such as protein and gymwear, continue to present a body beautiful image so it’s vital we counter this to demonstrate gyms are places where everyone is welcome.

Accessibility is also crucial. There are still huge areas of the UK without adequate gym provision. PureGym is opening more than 50 new gyms in the UK this year and adapting formats to include ‘Small’ and ‘Very Small Box Format’ gyms, which enable openings in towns and rural locations that have never had a gym before.

“It is vital we counter the body beautiful image to demonstrate the gym is a place where everyone is welcome”

Clive Chesser

CEO: PureGym

What more can the industry do to remove barriers for women to exercise?

Gymtimidation is an industry-wide issue that requires industry-wide attention. Research undertaken by PureGym last year found 10 per cent of women experience this compared with 6 per cent of men, so we’ve got to break down these barriers to help women feel more comfortable when working out at the gym.

We’re constantly improving our design to be more accommodating towards women, for example, by providing lighter lifting areas to help females and beginners gain confi dence.

We’re also offering a range of classes that are very popular with these members, for example our ‘Lift’ weight training class helps members progress with their strength training while also

PureGym has 1.5 million members in the UK

ensuring they learn the correct form and technique in a safe environment.

What’s the key to getting governments onside?

We must show governments the vital role that gyms play in driving better health outcomes. With more than 10 million gym-goers in the UK alone, plus those exercising outside gyms, people are evidently taking increasing personal responsibility for their health and wellbeing.

Exercise is a hugely successful and cost-effective means of preventative healthcare and in time will help to alleviate pressure on health services. It’s up to us to demonstrate that gyms are perfectly positioned to help the UK government achieve its aim of building a health service fi t for the future, by inspiring a healthier nation through affordable, fl exible fi tness.

PHOTO: PUREGYM

Do membership prices need to rise?

As a value gym operator, competitive pricing is essential – PureGym has 1.5 million members in the UK and we work incredibly hard to keep prices as low as we can. All businesses are facing increasing costs and this leads to difficult decisions about how much to pass on to consumers.

Our variable pricing model means if we need to make price increases it can be done in a targeted and measured way. We operate a lean and highly efficient operating model, meaning we’re better able to absorb increases in our cost base.

Despite the challenging cost environment, the average rise of a PureGym membership in January 2025 was only 80p.

We’re likely to implement some modest price rises in the year ahead, but won’t pass on the enormous cost burden presented by the Autumn Budget to our members.

The Very Small Box Format will allow sites to open in rural areas
Lift is a weight training class aimed at women
PHOTO: PUREGYM
PHOTO: PUREGYM

What do you admire most about the industry?

I believe our industry is built on community and connection at a time when so many other sectors in society are seeing less engagement. We’re community hubs and that connection is infectious.

One of the attributes I admire most about our industry in the US is that there’s a facility to meet the needs of every consumer in every corner. Our research tells us consumers know the benefi ts of exercise for physical and mental health, and our surveys tell us consumers know it empirically through their own experience.

What’s your take on the role of women in health and fi tness?

I’m proud to see the innovations in our sector. At a recent industry event in New York City with an audience of

“Consumers are acutely aware of prices and policymakers are too when they look at incentives and other proposals to expand fitness and wellness”

Liz Clark

CEO: Health and Fitness Association

CEOs, investors and industry partners, half the programme represented female entrepreneurs focused on building businesses benefi ting women.

Our industry has always rewarded operators who refl ect their customer base and their customers’ needs, and the growth of this sector and even the expansion of women-oriented fi tness as part of women-oriented health care, are positive developments.

Is the sector stepping up on environmental challenges?

Our industry is very focused on consumer behaviour and preferences, leading on energy effi ciency, recycling, responsible water use and similar policies.

This is good for consumer relations and also for business as a cost management policy. In so many areas, especially in

cities, facilities are opening in the latest LEEDcertifi ed spaces and that relationship between new and innovative property owners and interested tenant fi tness businesses is positive.

Do membership prices need to rise?

We recently surveyed consumers in key regions around the globe, and we know many consumers are sensitive to pricing, but keeping fi tness accessible isn’t just a business challenge it’s a public policy opportunity. If government’s want to expand access to physical activity, they must recognise that affordability matters and consider subsidies, tax incentives or other mechanisms to keep prices within reach for more people.

Recent HFA research shows consumers and policymakers, are acutely aware of prices

What do you enjoy the most about your job?

Getting to know, learning about and advocating for the health and fitness operators who give so much to their communities and who see in their customers the positive impacts of their work every day. I’m proud to share their stories and advocate to government and industry leaders on their behalf. Our industry is one of the new central connection hubs, bringing

people, communities and teams together. Connection is a huge part of what makes communities thrive, and I’m inspired about the connections we create in our facilities every day.

Who’s your closest pal in the sector?

If I had to pick one, I’d say Chris Craytor, who for two years was my chair and also a key collaborator.

We had to work to solve a lot of challenges within the organisation, so I know he’s a smart, patient leader.

What is your personal fitness/wellness routine?

I love Pilates and weightlifting. I also love playing tennis and golf. I wish I could say I love running, but unfortunately I don’t. Although I appreciate the bang for your buck which running offers – if you don’t have much time it’s a great way to get a little sweat. For wellness, I love enjoying live music with my husband, and shopping with my daughter and relaxing in a hot bath.

How can the fi tness industry attract the other 80 per cent?

Starting an activity can be daunting, so we must do more to address the barriers to participation and ensure all leisure facilities are welcoming and accessible. This includes websites that offer virtual walkthroughs, fully accessible information and colleagues who make everyone feel valued.

Everyone Active offers gym introductions and wellness sessions to support new people to get active. The next step is finding the right activity to create regular, long-term habits, as the right activity leads to positive behavioral change. We offer more than 3,500 activities and have opened our GP and Exercise referral activities to all.

Additionally, offering concession memberships, online activities and promoting free or low-cost ways

“O ering concession memberships, online activities and promoting free or low-cost ways to stay active can help remove the financial barriers for many people”

Ben Beevers

Group development director: Everyone Active

to stay active can help remove the financial barriers for many people.

What’s the key to getting governments onside?

Inactivity leads to one in seven premature deaths, while physical activity can reduce the risk of many long-term illnesses, such as cardiovascular disease (up to 35 per cent) and Type 2 diabetes (up to 40 per cent). So having the government on side should be straightforward. But it isn’t.

The fi tness industry is competing with the pharmaceutical industry and an inactive society where people want quick, easy solutions. Additionally, the NHS is struggling to manage immediate demands rather than the fundamental causes of health issues.

However, I believe the awareness of the importance of staying active is on the

rise. Eventually, inactivity will be seen like smoking and with the NHS Change Plan, which focuses on prevention rather than treatment, it could provide an opportunity for our sector to play a greater role in supporting the government’s direction.

Will modalities such as meditation and breathwork go mainstream?

Wellness is here to stay and will become more defined as time goes on. This year Everyone Active became the fi rst leisure operator to offer a fully-integrated wellness membership to customers.

Developed in partnership with industryleading physiologist Oli Patrick, the You+ membership focuses on six key pillars: sleep, recovery, nutrition, brain health, social wellness and movement. Within brain health, we’ve used evidence-based strategies to recommend

mindfulness practices, such as meditation or deep breathing, to help clients reduce stress and promote mental clarity. Further to this, each customer receives a consultation from a You+ Coach. The consultation provides insight into each customer’s current wellness and also delivers guidance on breathwork as a critical tool for improving both physical performance and mental wellbeing. Through our facilities and digital platforms, we aim to teach functional breathwork

and nervous system regulation through breathing techniques that can greatly enhance our customers overall health.

What

is your personal fitness/wellness routine?

On weekdays, my morning starts with between 30 minutes to an hour of activity before breakfast. I never feel like doing it beforehand but always feel brilliant when I’ve finished. The activity varies from running, Wattbike, weights

or yoga, and will be focused on the latest challenge I’ve set myself. I also play football midweek (when not injured!) and usually do a long run or football at the weekend. This routine has flexibility in situations where I’m away or need to travel early. Following completion of my You+ questionnaire, I was guided to improve my nutrition and sleep, with areas flagged such as caffeine intake and eating time, both impacted by my hectic schedule and the need to fit in some form of activity!

Finding the right activity is critical to creating long-term exercise habits

How can the fi tness industry attract the other 80 per cent?

The percentage of people visiting gyms is increasing and we see enormous growth potential for the industry, especially among a younger target audience who make it part of their lifestyle. Our main goal is to remain an attractive partner for these individuals throughout their lives.

Expertise and educational work surrounding the megatrends of health and longevity are crucial factors in conveying the importance of movement and strength training, providing more people with access to a gym and – consequently – an active and healthy lifestyle.

What’s the key to getting governments onside?

We must continue to unite within the industry and work collaboratively to

“As an industry, we have long failed to ensure that we are recognised as essential”

Martin Seibold

CEO: LifeFit Group

convince governments of our efforts. This requires visibility for our off erings and services, as well as the expertise of science that clearly demonstrates the importance of movement, activity and muscle strength. There are many great initiatives, clubs and associations that are already doing this.

As an industry, we have long failed to ensure we’re recognised as essential. The pandemic opened our eyes and showed us how important it is to bring our work more into the focus of governments, so they understand the societal contribution we make through our off erings.

The costs for the healthcare system are rising so it is time to invest more in prevention and the lifestyle of individuals. Governments need to consider this aspect and the fi tness industry needs to be the strong partner by their side.

LifeFit Group sees great potential for growth among young audiences

What are your thoughts on the recovery trend?

Rest and recovery have long been an integral part of our offerings, not only through our wellness programmes but also through body and mind courses, such as yoga and Pilates. A relatively new addition is our meditation course MyMeditation, which places less emphasis on physical activity without completely disregarding it.

It’s fascinating to observe how the industry has generally evolved in this area and how it will continue to develop in the future. In my opinion, the focus on rest and recovery will remain a key aspect within the fitness industry; the specific form it will take remains to be seen.

What do you enjoy the most about your job?

I love what I do. I have been in the industry for more than 25 years and I can’t imagine anything better. In the fitness industry, we focus on motivating people to lead a healthy and active lifestyle. We strive to improve their lives through activity and, in doing so, provide them with a better quality of life. That’s just fantastic!

I’m someone who stays active, moves a lot, and tries to eat healthily. I share this with my teams and work daily alongside many like-minded individuals.

At the LifeFit Group, we hire people according to the Sunday Tea Index –people we would want to sit down with for a cup of tea with on a Sunday! This creates a great atmosphere within the teams and supports collaboration, even when things get a bit bumpy. Working with the latest trends and young people motivates me to stay fit. l

23 OCTOBER 2025

GLOBAL EVENT

The event will bring together a powerful lineup of speakers and contributors from across the industry to share creative insights and experience, with a focus on business success and innovation.

You’ll go away inspired and informed, with ideas to implement in your own professional life, as well as valuable contacts and access to best practice to drive your success as we head into 2026.

Fitness, health, wellness

Excitement is building for the all-keynote HCM Summit 2025 from Leisure Media, HCM magazine and Spa Business magazine.

In addition to the summit talks, a carefully curated exhibition will showcase the latest innovations, while summit networking events, including the After Party, hosted by Les Mills, will give the opportunity to connect, make new contacts and do businesses.

All this, along with product sampling, book signings and activations make the summit a powerful and useful event for the sector.

Queen Elizabeth II Conference Centre, London
Liz Terry HCM editor and CEO of Leisure Media

AI vs HI

We’re standing at a crossroads where tech promises to make us superhuman, while threatening to make us less human. Emma Barry looks at how to make tech work for us while also maintaining our humanity

The quantified-self movement has created a generation of dataobsessed hypochondriacs

How do we harness AI’s power without losing human intelligence?

The ironies of our time are delicious. We use meditation apps to disconnect. We stare at LED screens that simulate nature while sitting in climate-controlled boxes.

We track our sleep so obsessively that we lose sleep over it. As the boundaries between technology and humanity blur, we’re left wondering: Where do we draw the line?

The fi tness industry stands at the epicentre of this convergence. Traditional health models are crumbling as consumer-driven wellness storms the gates of conventional healthcare. The democratisation of health data has turned every smartphone owner into a physician, while the rise of longevity services transforms neighbourhood gyms into medical-grade wellness centres.

DIGITAL DISRUPTION

We’re witnessing a seismic shift in the health and fi tness industry, driven by deep systemic changes that ripple across generations, geographies and technologies. Gone are the days when cardio was king – it has been dethroned by musclefocused training in pursuit of longevity. The graveyard of cardio equipment is being replaced by reformers and squat racks, while Hyrox obsessives are taking

to the streets and peach-building hip thrusters dominate social media.

The industry’s borders are dissolving: the wellness market is projected to hit US$8 trillion in the next 18 months.

The line between B2B and B2C grows increasingly nebulous as digital platforms democratise access to professional-grade tools. With abundant data at our fingertips, the focus has shifted to integration, interoperability and seamless customer experiences. We’re seeing a fascinating tension between opposing forces:

● Decentralisation versus centralisation in health delivery

● Digital minimalism versus digital-fi rst approaches

● Tracked performance versus intuitive movement

● Mass market appeal versus deep specialisation

The future isn’t about choosing sides, it’s about understanding how these seemingly contradictory forces can co-exist and complement each other. In a conservative funding year, those who master this balance will thrive.

PERSONALISATION PARADOX

Welcome to the age of the fi tness fingerprint, where your workout plan is as unique as your DNA. AI-powered platforms analyse everything from your sleep patterns to your genetic predispositions, creating training

PHOTO: STARLAFORTUNATO
PHOTO: SHUTTERSTOCK / JULIA
Emma Barry

INDUSTRY INSIGHTS

programmes tailored to your molecular makeup. It’s a marvel of modern technology – and potentially a curse in disguise.

Yet there’s a growing appetite for antipersonalisation – a return to universal principles and shared experiences. The same hyper-personalisation that promises optimal results can potentially create digital echo chambers in the fitness world. A chance at becoming separatists in our training bubbles, each following our perfectly optimised path in isolation. The irony? As our training becomes more personalised, our ability to connect through shared physical experiences diminishes.

Consider the paradox: we’ve never had more data about our bodies, yet we’re increasingly disconnected from our intuition. When did you last work out without checking your heart rate variability or recovery score? And if you didn’t measure it, did it even happen?

THE HUMAN RENAISSANCE

As AI revolutionises the fitness industry, we face a crucial question: How do we harness AI’s power without losing HI (human intelligence) and the part of the equation that makes movement meaningful?

The quantified-self movement has given us unprecedented insight into our bodies, but it’s also created a generation of data-obsessed health hypochondriacs. We’re tracking everything from our REM sleep to our respiratory rate, but are we actually healthier for it?

But amid the AI explosion, we’re seeing a human renaissance. Shark Tank ’s Kevin O’Leary says “Art is back.” Great storytellers, creators and artists will be invaluable as businesses double down on creativity to stand out. In fact, nerds are the new cool – from Andrew Huberman’s

Deep knowledge is suddenly sexy
Workouts are a statement of identity: “I do Hyrox” is the new “I drive a Tesla”

neuroplasticity lessons to Oli Patrick’s Energy Equation, expertise and deep knowledge are suddenly sexy. Being human offers something AI can’t replicate: nuanced creativity to push boundaries, the agility to stay relevant, and the authenticity needed to build trust.

THE SOCIAL EVOLUTION

The fitness industry is no longer just about physical transformation – it’s become a form of social currency. Your workout routine isn’t just a health choice; it’s a statement of identity. “I do Hyrox” has become the new “I drive a Tesla.”

It’s time to return to foundational principles

Social media has transformed fitness into a content category first, health pursuit second. The creator economy has made everyone a potential fitness influencer and production house, while social listening tools have turned every post into valuable market research. As social shopping spills into health and wellness, we’re seeing the emergence of seamless commerce experiences integrated into fitness content. But a countertrend is emerging. As digital fatigue sets in, we’re seeing a return to authentic, community-based experiences. The future of fitness isn’t just about going hard – it’s about going home and thinking about it.

THE AGE OF AUGMENTATION

The convergence of technology and biology is ushering in a new era of human enhancement. GLP-1s have created an avalanche of opportunity for the health and fitness industry to finally bridge the gap between wellness and healthcare. From exercise mimetics to hormone optimisation, we’re entering an age where the boundaries between natural and augmented performance blur.

How do we ensure that in our quest to become superhuman, we don’t lose what makes us human in the first place?

This biological revolution extends beyond simple optimisation. We’re witnessing a fundamental shift in how we approach longevity – not just extending lifespan, but fortifying “healthspan.” The industry is evolving from simple fi tness delivery to comprehensive life enhancement.

But this rush toward augmentation raises crucial questions: in our quest for optimal performance, are we losing touch with our natural capabilities? Aside from addressing chronic health conditions, as we embrace pills and injections for everything from muscle growth to fat loss, what happened to the fundamental human experience of transformation through effort?

FUTURE FORECASTING

As we navigate this brave new world of augmented humanity, perhaps it’s time to return to foundational principles. In our rush to optimise everything, we’ve overcomplicated the basics: sleep well, move regularly, eat real food, drink water, get sunlight, think

deeply, connect meaningfully and be consistent about all of the above.

The future of fi tness isn’t about choosing between technology and humanity – it’s about finding the sweet spot where they enhance each other. It’s about using data to inform decisions, not dictate them, and about leveraging AI to augment human connection, not replace it.

The question isn’t whether we should embrace technology in fi tness – that ship has sailed. It’s: How do we use it wisely? How do we ensure that in our quest to become superhuman, we don’t lose what makes us human in the fi rst place?

Action step: start by auditing your relationship with fi tness technology. For one week, track how often you check your health metrics. Is technology your tool, or have you become its servant? Remember, the most sophisticated fi tness equipment you own is still your body –keep tuning in and listening to it keenly. ●

Emma Barry is chief of trouble at Trouble Global www.troubleglobal.com

Cardio is out, squat racks are in as everyone gets the memo about building muscle, says Barry

THE WELLBEING

TRAJECTORY

1. CARDIO

VO2 max will move out of gyms and labs and into medical offi ces, corporate workplace wellness initiatives as an objective measure of cardiovascular fi tness and a broader health and longevity marker. VO2 could be seen as the overarching health and wellbeing marker and become a defining number to determine the volume and effectiveness of aerobic exercise. One of the key challenges of anxiousness and high stress is diffi culty in shifting body fat and regulating sleep. Educating younger members in particular that training light

Oli Patrick shares seven areas he believes operators should prioritise to be on point with the wants and needs of consumers

will help them to sleep and regulate their appetite – so improving their physique –ties into a more holistic way of thinking.

Up to 80 per cent of training volume should be in the low zone area and I expect to see more classes and group exercise at that low intensity which can fuse cardiovascular gains with an additional mood stabilising impact.

Cardio can also play a role in active relaxation: a much needed recovery and decompression tool for calming people who are hypervigilant or heading towards burnout.

2. EFFECTIVENESS

People will increasingly want to know whether the service they’re receiving or the product they’re using is effective. Is the dose evidence-based? What’s the effi cacy and provenance of the ingredients? What protocols are being use and why were they chosen? More evidence will be required for an increasingly discerning audience to engage with products and services. The language used by fi tness professionals will need to sharpen to become more science-based and outcomefocused to meet consumer questioning.

Cardio stabilises mood, while early morning sunlight regulates circadian rhythms

“There’s an obsession with protein, which is valid, but clouds the judgment, so people forget fibre”

3. LIGHT THERAPY

Light therapy will have its moment. Infrared sauna is becoming a key modality for fitness operators. Red light therapy offers 55 to 65 degree ambient temperatures, with embedded photobiomodulation, which mimics cardiovascular exercise to activate all the benefits of heat, but also supports relaxation, stress management and sleep.

We’ll also see blue light devices. Blue light at the same frequencies as natural sunlight can trigger the hormone cascade that manages our circadian rhythm. We need that in the morning, so we might find gyms either deploying circadian lighting, so they’ve got brighter lights in the morning, darker in the evening, but more importantly, we’ll see the rise of consumers interested in how they get first morning light, that could mean well tech, or morning walking and running clubs.

4. FIBRE

The bedrock of the gut microbiome, fibre is probably the most missing nutrient from the average household. Making fibre the hero will be the opportunity for people to go back to whole food versus the ultra-processed tsunami we’re surfing.

There’s an obsession with protein, which is valid, but clouds the judgment so people forget about fibre. We need to go back to the roots of eating food instead of post-exercise protein supplements. I think protein has had its year. It’s still relevant, but fibre needs to get back on the map.

INDUSTRY INSIGHTS

5. SOCIAL WELLNESS

Being with people, performing non-essential tasks, is a huge part of our pleasure. But more people are feeling lonely and isolated. The fractured workforce and remote working patterns means many young people won’t build the social bonds that Gen X and Millennials have, so will have to find new ways of finding their people. Sport is the easiest modality for dropping barriers – so we’ll start to see more social clubs, such as for running or cold water swimming. Padel is so popular because it’s

a four-person game. Extending the social outreach of facilities to broader hobbies would be a logical play – for example starting chess clubs or art classes.

6. QUANTIFIED SELF

The quantified self will blur between medicine, medical data, lifestyle data and functional data. Every individual piece of hardware and software wants to own the customer, and at the moment the data is in silos that never quite bind together and seem to sit separately from the fitness

Extending social outreach with things such as art classes and chess clubs engages young consumer

industry. The data won’t slow down, so understanding where we sit in the ecosystem will be important this year.

The search for the data aggregator will begin. The question mark is whether the fitness industry can absorb and use that data more effectively, or sit outside of that picture. Operators will have to decide whether they want to just pretend it’s not happening, or whether they want to train their teams in wearables, lifestyle data and health data and then ensure that embeds into programming and progression.

“There’s a pandemic in the increasing rate of dementia and a new generation who are interested in preventing that”

7. BRAIN HEALTH

The rise in people looking to optimise their brain is running concurrently with a global neurocognitive decline. There’s a pandemic in the increasing rate of dementia and Alzheimer’s and a new generation who are interested in preventing these outcomes.

Anyone worried about their brain health should already be in a fitness facility and fitness professionals need to be able to understand brain health.

Technogym Checkup has kicked off the trend, using a cognitive test in a gym assessment for the first time and I think we’ll also see a rise in cognitive testing, reflex and neuro-cognitive testing, to include potential functional markers.

Objective measurements of the brain through EEG are becoming more accessible with companies, such as Wavi, doing brain mapping, which allow us to measure the impact of lifestyle on the brain: the role of exercise, the role of blood glucose control and increasing ranges of nootropics and adaptogens that are targeted at the brain – most notably products that are mushroom centric, such as lion’s mane. There will also be an increased focus on the role cardiorespiratory fitness, sleep, nutrition and blood glucose control play in brain function. l

Oli Patrick has 25 years’ experience as a physiologist and wellbeing specialist and is also the co-founder of both Future Practice and Pillar Wellbeing

Technogym Checkup uses a cognitive test in a gym assessment for the first time

PUSHING AHEAD

With the franchise segment still booming, Kath Hudson rounds up some of the big deals in the last 12 months

Purpose Brands is driving the growth of the Orangetheory and Self Esteem Brands portfolio

“As the franchisor we need to encourage brand new tests and thoughts”
Tom Leverton, Purpose Brands

PURPOSE BRANDS

In November 2024, it was revealed that the merged company of Self Esteem Brands and Orangetheory Fitness would be called Purpose Brands, with Tom Leverton appointed as CEO.

With 7,000 sites across 52 countries, the US$3.7 billion company is aiming for 10,000 sites by 2030. Europe, Middle East and North Africa are all on the hit list.

In the months since his appointment, Leverton has been working on integrating the two businesses and looking for commonality across the company’s family of brands which includes Anytime Fitness, Orangetheory Fitness and The Bar Method.

The merger has doubled the size of the company’s IT budget, so more is being invested in data mining, AI tools and marketing. “We have 7,000 laboratories,” says Leverton. “Each one is doing business somewhat differently, so how can we take those best practices and apply them everywhere? As the franchisor we need to encourage brand new tests and thoughts, launch them and see if the members allow us to make them successful.”

TRIBUTE BRANDS

Jonathan Fisher has formed a new parent company, Tribute Brands to house the HIIT franchise, TRIB3, and the reformer franchise, PILAT3S. Both are offered as standalone studios or as boutiques in gyms.

It has recently been announced that chair of Urban Gym Group, Jordy Kool,

has acquired the rights to expand both the franchises in the UAE, with the fi rst studios slated to open later this year.

PILAT3S is also heading to London, courtesy of Urban Gym Group, which is installing a studio at Gymbox Finsbury Park.

FIT HOUSE OF BRANDS

FIT House of Brands is another new umbrella company, unveiled in March at the Health and Fitness Association exhibition in March, to look after the three concepts F45 Training, FS8 and Vaura Pilates.

CEO of FIT, Tom Dowd, says this is a pivotal moment: “We’re not just evolving – we’re redefining ourselves as well as our brand story, enabling expansion to include new modalities, whether through acquisition or development.

“FIT House of Brands is leading the charge in holistic wellness by uniting F45 Training, FS8, Vaura Pilates – and our recovery services – under one powerful vision. This is about empowering communities worldwide to move better, feel stronger and live longer.”

With around 1,500 franchised studio locations in 55 countries, last year saw the launch of 75 new sites.

JETTS FITNESS

Jetts Fitness has signed a master franchise deal to take the Australian brand to India, with multiple locations planned across key cities. The company already has 250 global clubs with a strong

“BFT

(Body Fit Training) launched two UK locations in Scotland and greater London”

Mark King, Xponential Fitness

presence in New Zealand, Thailand, the UK and the Netherlands.

“India represents a tremendous opportunity for us. With increasing awareness of health and fitness, our model of convenience and accessibility aligns perfectly with the lifestyle of today’s consumers,” says Elaine Jobson, CEO of Jetts Fitness.

“Our master franchisee team – Nishant Singh, Ashish Malik, and Rahul Raghuvanshi – are seasoned industry leaders and have ambitious plans for expansion, as well as being committed to making high-quality fitness more accessible.”

Beyond India, the company is targeting key markets across the Americas, Europe, and Southeast Asia.

XPONENTIAL FITNESS

One of the leading global franchisors of health and fitness brands, with franchise and master franchise agreements in 49 US states and 27 other countries, Xponential Fitness is scaling back expansion in 2025 to 200-250 sites.

Last year 400 franchise licences were sold and 464 new studios were opened. Club Pilates came to London, as well as further sites in Spain, Germany, Portugal and France. BFT (Body Fit Training) launched two UK locations in Scotland and greater London and signed a master franchise for Scandinavia. The first Pure Barre opened in Mexico City under

Boutique X Fitness Studios, led by Enrique López. His team is already working with Xponential to bring StretchLab and Rumble to Mexico. A master franchise agreement has also been signed with Riser Fitness to launch at least 65 Club Pilates studios in Mexico over the next 10 years.

Rumble Boxing opened its first studio in Japan under Wellness X Asia, which introduced Club Pilates to the Japanese market in 2019 and now has 55 studios, as well as one CycleBar.

However, the company is still reporting losses and CEO Mark King, who took over in June 2024 following Anthony Geisler’s departure has announced his retirement.

CRUNCH FITNESS

Celebrating its 35th anniversary in 2024, US value franchisor, Crunch Fitness, is currently on a roll. Interviewed in HCM earlier this year, CEO, Jim Rowley, says he wants to make the brand a global household name.

Having recruited franchising heavyweights – John Kersh from Xponential, Molly Long from 7-Eleven and Chequan Lewis from Pizza Hut – the rollout is accelerating. There are now more than 500 sites and three million members. In April, TPG exited and Leonard Green and Partners took a majority interest.

“We expect to average 100 openings a year for the next five or so years. We’ll also enter several new international

Xponential franchise, BFT, is heading to Scandinavia

INDUSTRY INSIGHTS

markets in the next two years. We only really launched internationally this year, but once that gets up to speed, we’ll accelerate to 150–200 openings a year,” says Rowley.

Last year the rebrand, Crunch 3.0, was unveiled which includes the addition of hot studios and recovery areas.

PUREGYM

PureGym, which is the UK’s largest health and fitness company, Europe’s third largest and the market leader in Denmark, made a solid gain in the US market last year with the acquisition of 56 Blink Fitness gyms from Equinox.

Clive Chesser came on board as CEO last year and told HCM the company is actively expanding, both in the UK and internationally, looking at new markets and is open to any type of

model, including further franchising. The low cost, high value operator already has a franchise business in the Middle East which it is looking to expand.

“We’re currently opening more than a gym a week and the pipeline is strong for 2025 and into 2026. We’re looking at 70+ new openings in 2025 –50 in the UK, 10-12 in Switzerland and the rest elsewhere, including the US where we’re already looking for sites,” said Chesser.

“There’s also the opportunity to enter new international markets. There’s nothing imminent, but we are having some serious conversations. We’re not tied to any particular model and I’ve worked with a wide array during my career – corporate fully-managed, master franchises, master and sub-franchise, joint ventures – so we’ll explore all options.”

Xtreme Fitness Gyms is on a roll

XTREME FITNESS GYMS

Having hit the milestone of 100 gyms at the end of 2024, Polish franchisor, Xtreme Fitness Gyms, is aiming for 500 locations in the country in the next six years, as well as eyeing neighbouring countries.

Last year the mid-market franchisor opened 42 clubs, there are around 65 planned for this year and the team is planning to expand into neighbouring countries, either by direct franchising or master franchising. The company has also recently unveiled a standalone concept.

Speaking in HCM issue 4, CEO James Cotton, said: “We’re very much looking for speed. The fitness franchise market in Eastern Europe is wide open, so we’re looking to occupy that space. Over the next five to six years we see room for more than 500 clubs in Poland.”

Planet Fitness added 900,000 members in the first three months of the year
PHOTO: XTREME FITNESS

PLANET FITNESS

The US health and fitness giant, Planet Fitness, continues the fast pace of expansion and made its European debut last summer, in Barcelona. It ended Q1 2025 with approximately 20.6 million members, an increase of around 900,000 from the end of 2024.

CEO, Colleen Keating, said this healthy growth was achieved against “a backdrop of increasing volatility in the macro-economic environment.”

LIFT BRANDS

Lift Brands – parent company of Snap Fitness – reacquired the master franchise for the United Arab Emirates earlier this year. The London-based team, led by Kevin Yates, CEO of Lift Brands EMEA, is now looking to accelerate growth in the region.

“Reacquiring the master franchise for the UAE is a hugely exciting move for us,” said Yates. “The health and fitness club market in the UAE is projected to reach over US$5 billion by 2030 and by driving the Snap Fitness brand centrally, it will help us to capitalise on this.”

Last year saw Snap Fitness launch 16 EMEA gyms and reach the 100-location milestone across the UK and Ireland, with 11 new club openings. The membership base in this region grew by 21 per cent year-on-year.

In May, it announced the sale of 9Round Kickboxing Fitness to Striking Brands.

SEQUEL BRANDS

Anthony Geisler, the founder and former CEO of Xponential Fitness, burst back onto the scene in May 2025 with a new

company, largely funded by himself. Sequel Brands is the parent company of four concepts, each headed up by a former big hitter from Xponential.

The company has hit the ground running by acquiring businesses that already had operational sites, Geisler has said other category-defining concepts will be added.

Former Xponential president, Sarah Luna, is heading up the reformer Pilates brand, Pilates Addiction, which has its own proprietary equipment. The first site has launched in West Hollywood and 100 more are planned within 18 months.

The portfolio also includes stretching concept, iFlex Stretch Studios. Beem Light Sauna, which offers a range of light therapies paired with sauna experiences and Body20, a one to one strength training concept using electro-muscle stimulation suits. l

Pilates Addiction is part of Anthony Geisler’s new portfolio of franchises, Sequel Brands. The first site is in West Hollywood

Better TOGETHER

Last year numerous UK public sector organisations joined together to create an Active Wellbeing Service. Founding member, Martyn Allison, talks through the vision

The Active Wellbeing Service is built on the vision of the whole sport and physical activity sector collaborating to deliver a service that is universal and proportionate to need, helping everyone to get more active, with a special focus on helping the inactive make their first steps towards activity and with councils valuing public assets such as leisure centres, playing fields, parks and playgrounds as the underpinning infrastructure for building healthy places. Only by doing this will we narrow the gaps in activity and help tackle health inequalities. Once we protect this valuable infrastructure, we can use it to help the NHS deliver community health interventions closer to where people live.

A recent Sport England report estimated that community sport and physical activity generated £96.7 billion of annual social value for individuals through their participation and volunteering, including

Sport generates £8.6bn wellbeing value annually for children and young people

Organisations on board:

CIMSPA, the Local Government Association, Active Partnerships, Community Leisure UK, Chief Cultural and Leisure Association, Association for Public Service Excellence, District Councils Network and Sport England

£8.6 billion in wellbeing value for children and young people. Rather than talking about council subsidy of sport and leisure, we’re now talking about council investments that generate a social and economic return by creating good health and preventing individual poor health.

SOUND INVESTMENT

The same Sport England report estimated a further £10.5 billion in annual cost savings related to the secondary value of participation, including the positive impact on 17 diseases, such as coronary heart disease, stroke and Type 2 diabetes, as well as seven types of cancer, dementia, depression, hip fractures, back pain and mental illness.

Strong leadership is needed to bring about the Active Wellbeing Service

More than three million cases of non-communicable diseases, or chronic health conditions, were prevented, with the largest reductions being for depression, back pain and Type 2 diabetes.

Once a place-based model is embraced and the focus is on system change, the voluntary and community organisations working in our most deprived communities can be incorporated, along with grass root sport clubs, private gyms and active travel.

We are now in the midst of a major consultation on the UK government’s 10-year strategy for health, which is looking at reform of the NHS, strengthening the focus on prevention and devolving more services into community settings.

The current focus of an Active Wellbeing Service is to influence the policymaking

process and use case studies to build a network of people, applying the learning and replicating the good practice in their own places. There is still a way to go to achieve our ambitions of embedding the idea in the new health strategy and generating additional resources for the sector, but by replicating the case studies the sector could make a huge difference.

The vision of an Active Wellbeing Service makes sense, it’s also a huge challenge to deliver and will depend on both exceptional leadership and followership. It will require a commitment to collaboration across professional, organisational, financial and political boundaries and will depend on personal, organisational and system behavioural change.

It’s a big change but I believe our sector can do it. l

F**K THE HUSTLE

While feeling relaxed and joyful is way preferable to feeling stressed, most of us don’t live our lives in a way which cultivates those states. In fact we can experience guilt if life feels ‘unproductive’. Tim Jack Adams teaches us the importance of play

Mindfulness in the mangroves. Kingscliff, Australia

At GreenX7, we measure the wellbeing of our clients using an app that asks people to assess their levels of physical health, sleep, nutrition, mindset and purpose, fun, relationships and friendships.

Two areas are consistently low: sleep and even lower than sleep, fun. We’ve lost our understanding of the importance of fun and don’t appreciate how it’s intrinsically linked with mental and physical health.

With mental illness, loneliness, depression and suicide on the rise, we need these positive emotions to help balance out the negatives in our lives. Our bodies are designed to feel both pain and pleasure, then return to homeostasis – the balanced state. It’s very hard to stay in a depressed state when you’re filling your days with laughter and joy.

The fastest, easiest way to access joy and happiness is through play – what I define as purposeful, leisure-activating youthfulness. What constitutes play differs from person to person, unfortunately many people have lost touch with what they enjoy. We see this especially with mothers, but even

children are losing the ability to play: we’ve given them screens and over-scheduled their lives, so we can continue to hustle.

I recently asked a 12-year-old girl what she does for fun and she scoffed at me that she had no time for fun, before listing off everything she had to do: school, homework, piano recital, ballet…

OVER-ENGINEERED LIVES

We’ve structured our lives so much that we have zero free time for boredom, which is when imagination and flow can come in. We’re simply not allowing ourselves the time and space to experience positive emotions.

Research tells us that it’s the warmth of relationships that give us life’s greatest satisfactions, however, we spend a mere three hours a week nurturing them. In contrast, we spend an average of 43 hours of our downtime each week on screens. We also spend less time outdoors than inmates in a maximum security prison – in Australia we’re averaging about 10 minutes a day. The

rest of the Western world is the same and – sadly – even the east is catching up. Technology and smartphones are stopping us from living our lives and turning us into spectators. We get caught up in this machine that’s making us spend more money. Our smartphones are also impacting our self-worth and self-love, especially Gen Z. Looking at phones while having a conversation makes the other person feel unvalued and unvalidated, which subconsciously leads to feelings of unworthiness and this then has an impact on people’s ability to look after themselves.

What is play?

Purposeful – Living a life with intention by being present

Leisure – Finding balance and enjoyment in life

Activating – Moving from thought to action and building positive habits

Youthfulness – Staying curious, open and playful. Choosing a life of vitality

Tim Jack Adams
GreenX7 uses nature to connect people back to themselves and others
PHOTO: GREENX7
PHOTO: GREENX7
“If you’re depressed you’re living in the past. If you’re anxious you’re living in the future. If you’re at peace you’re living in the present”
Lao Tzu

PLAY IS THE ANTIDOTE

The answer is easy – allow more time to play, especially with the people you love. When we take our clients through a purpose exercise, they resoundingly say they want to spend time with the people they love, doing the things they love. Most of those things don’t cost money. Many of the things we hustle for aren’t actually the things that we really, truly enjoy the most. Allowing the fun back in requires intention: getting out of our heads and into our hearts, remembering what used to bring us joy, happiness and laughter and bringing that back into our daily lives by creating habits.

MAKE A LIST

Once we’ve worked with our clients to identify what makes them happy, we get them to make a list of what they would do with 30 minutes of free time, then two hours, half a day and a full day. Then we get them to map out their week, incorporating those activities. We encourage them to keep their list to hand so they can choose an activity when they have free time –anything to stop them reaching for their phone when they have a spare minute. To make the play habit, you have to make space on the calendar.

Appreciating what you have is a key to framing success

The story of the businessman and the fisherman

This story highlights the importance of recognising what truly brings happiness and fulfillment in life. It questions the endless pursuit of wealth and success when one might already have everything they need to be happy. The story encourages mindfulness, gratitude and living in the moment.

A successful businessman was taking a holiday in a small coastal village. While walking along the beach, he saw a fisherman sitting by his boat, relaxing and enjoying the warm sun.

“Why aren’t you out fishing?” asked the businessman.

“I’ve already caught enough fish for today,” replied the fisherman.

“Why don’t you catch more fish than you need?”

“What would I do with them?”

“You could sell them and make more money. Then you could buy a bigger boat, catch even more fish and earn even more money.

Eventually, you could build a fleet of fishing boats, open a fish-processing plant and sell to global markets. You could become a wealthy man.”

“And then what?”

“Then you could retire, move to a small coastal village, spend your days fishing, relaxing with your family and enjoying life.”

“That’s what I’m doing right now.”

Help your clients cultivate joy

By highlighting the health benefits, you give them permission to have guilt-free fun.

If they spend half their weekly screen time (20 hours) reconnecting to themselves by doing things they love, with people they love, they’ll feel more joy and happiness and their health and longevity will improve.

Encourage them to write a list of the things they enjoy which take different amounts of time and build these into their calendar.

Group exercise can create a sense of belonging, especially when play is injected into the experience and there is some social time after.

The rise of padel is a powerful trend. Mayo Clinic research shows playing racquet sports regularly can add 7.5 years to your life. It’s a full-body workout, highly social, builds coordination, and improves dynamic movement.

Spend more time outdoors –even if it’s a few minutes standing barefoot or eating lunch in the park – but ideally working towards regular outdoors exercise.

Differentiate between healthy and unhealthy play – addictive behaviour, such as using alcohol and drugs and gambling. Using these behaviours for dopamine hits because the rest of the life is hustle creates an imbalance in our body – addiction – which can lead to depression and in extreme cases, suicide.

“We’re so busy watching out for what’s just ahead, we don’t take time to simply enjoy where we are”
Bill Watterson

Play has so many health benefits and once you start the benefits compound. It often involves movement, which leads to better sleep. When you’re doing things you enjoy and looking after your body, you tend to eat more nutritional food. When you move more and eat and sleep better, your mental health and attitude improves, which boosts your friendships and relationships, and health and wellbeing goes up whenever you have a positive human connection.

LIVE SO YOU CAN BUY TIME

One of the best pieces of advice I have ever received was from a successful entrepreneur when the 2008 global financial crisis hit. Many people were losing their fortunes and family, but he didn’t. His advice was to live well within your means. Buy things you can easily afford because this allows you to buy time and enjoy the things that are important to you. It also allows you to ride out the storm.

Over the years I’ve realised happiness comes from creating a life that supports you and not one you have to constantly support. Fill up your calendar first with the things that bring you joy and build your health and happiness.

The number one regret of the dying is “I wish I lived a life true to myself and not the one others expect of me.” So f**k the hustle and live life on your own terms l

PHOTO: SIX SENSES

Tim Jack Adams is the founder of GreenX7, based in Kingscliff, Australia, whose mission is to measure and improve wellbeing through reconnecting people to themselves and others through nature. Experiences are designed around movement, environment, earthing, time, connection, breath and reflection. Clients include Six Senses, the Australian Defence Force, schools, businesses, tourism, health, education and corporates.

IN PRACTICE PLAY

Happiness fl ourishes in calm, so it’s important to take the time to rest

“Happiness is associated with longer life expectancy and better overall health outcomes.”

Dr Jason Culp

Chiva-Som:

Research and development director

Joy, happiness and laughter form the foundation of a fulfilling life. These emotions elevate our mood, enhance our relationships, increase our resilience and help us to navigate life’s challenges with optimism. They also act as natural antidotes to stress: studies have shown that positive emotions lower cortisol levels, improve immune function and reduce the risk of heart disease. Research from prestigious health institutions suggests that laughter can also relax muscles, improve circulation and alleviate pain. Happiness is even associated with longer life expectancy and better overall health outcomes.

The hustle culture prioritises productivity over presence, often leaving little room for joy and laughter. While many of my clients understand the importance of joy and happiness in theory, they often underestimate their impact on

health and wellbeing. Constantly striving for success can lead to chronic stress, burnout and a sense of disconnection from what truly matters. Many people feel guilty for prioritising happiness over work, further compounding the problem. I work with clients to develop practices that help them reconnect with joy and laughter: reserving time for activities that genuinely delight them; finding moments for play and creativity in their daily lives; prioritising relationships that bring them happiness, and developing mindfulness exercises, such as gratitude journaling, which rewires the brain to focus on positivity.

Happiness fl ourishes in moments of calm and presence, so it’s important to give ourselves permission to rest and recharge. Simply helping clients reframe their mindset from “I need to achieve” to “I want to enjoy” can make a profound difference to their wellbeing.

PHOTO: CHIVA SOM, HUA HIN
PHOTO: CHIVASOM/DJ.KLANG

The power of joy, happiness, and laughter isn't just about feeling good – it's about living fully. When we laugh our bodies release endorphins and decrease stress hormones like cortisol. This natural happiness cocktail boosts our immune system, reduces pain, helps protect our hearts and can reshape our brain chemistry, enhancing our resilience and creativity.

At Six Senses, we weave joy and meaning into everything we do. Whether it's through gratitude practices, fi re ceremonies, nature connections, or creative activities, such as art and crafts, we create spaces for genuine human connection and playful discovery.

For those looking to invite more joy and happiness into their lives, I'd suggest starting small. Practice gratitude daily, even for the tiniest things. Connect with nature regularly – it's amazing how a simple walk can shift your perspective. Find activities that bring you into a state of fl ow, where time seems to disappear. Most importantly, remember that it's okay not

“The real magic happens when we stop chasing happiness as an end goal and start cultivating joy as a way of being.”

Anna Bjurstam

Six Senses: wellness pioneer

to be happy all the time. True contentment comes from accepting all of life's experiences, both the highs and the lows.

The real magic happens when we stop chasing happiness as an end goal and start cultivating joy as a way of being. It's about finding meaning in our connections, purpose in our actions, and delight in life's little surprises. After all, as we often see at Six Senses, the most profound moments of joy often come when we least expect them – they’re the natural result of living authentically and staying curious about life’s endless possibilities.

PHOTO:
Anna Bjurstam will be a keynote speaker at the HCM Summit on 23 October 2025

Mindfully spending time in nature is a wonderful way of cultivating joy

Six Senses organises fire ceremonies for connection and discovery

Making time for arts and crafts can shift the dial on mindset and stress levels

RESEARCH

HANDBOOK 202 5 – 202 6

RESEARCH ROUND-UP

Global Growth p90

New Heights .

Milestone Moment p198

Latin Lives p102

Tech First p106

Tracking Upwards

Joined-Up Approach p112

Switching Off Ageing

Fresh Take on Alzheimer’s

Tackling Dementia

Forward

Cardio

Facts About Fat

GROWTH GLOBAL

The Health and Fitness Association’s latest HFA Global Report showed an industry resilient in the face of macro-economic challenges

OIn three years, pickleball participation rose by 224 per cent in the US

ne positive to come out of the pandemic was the consumer recognising the value of health and the perception of fi tness changing from a leisure activity to a necessary, preventative health activity. Of those health club operators surveyed across 19 countries for the 112-page HFA Global Report , 86.8 per cent expected membership to increase and 92.6 per cent predicted revenue growth. Despite this there are still many challenges: according to the World Health Organization. One-third of adults worldwide didn’t meet the recommended physical activity levels in 2022 and this number is projected to rise. Obesity and mental illness are also increasing. Weight loss drugs are one of the most discussed trends; franchising is continuing to grow worldwide; AI is being embraced to aid personalisation, expand the market and reduce costs and inclusivity is another

Anytime

Fitness is growing its presence in Europe

talking point, with diversity in employment and membership presenting challenges.

Pickleball participation in the US has increased by 224 per cent over the last three years and is also growing quickly in China, Australia and Europe. Fitness facilities are increasingly converting spaces devoted to other racquet sports into pickleball courts. Working spaces within gyms are also tipped as a burgeoning trend, with Life Time in the US and Wello Works in Australia active in this area.

PENETRATION RATES

A number of countries reported record penetration rates in 2023: the US (23.7 per cent,). Germany (13.4 per cent), Spain (11.9 per cent), Switzerland (14.9,) Portugal (6.9 per cent) and Japan (4.5 per cent). The UK also posted all time highs in memberships and penetration (15.9 per cent.) Further to this, a recently released update from the HFA puts gym usage among both members and non-members in the US at a record breaking 31 per cent.

“Almost 40 per cent of the 25 club companies with the most members are based in Europe”

There is growth potential in Mexico (5.6 per cent), India (0.7 per cent) and Saudi Arabia (5.9 per cent), while Eastern Europe has an average of 8.4 per cent penetration. By the end of 2023, Europe had almost 65,000 fi tness clubs, with annual revenue at US$34.42 billion and all three indicators surpassing pre-pandemic levels.

EUROPE

Europe is home to many global leaders: almost 40 per cent of the 25 club companies with the most memberships are based on the Continent.

While Europe is dominated by homegrown players, among the fi rms based outside the region Anytime Fitness has the largest presence, with almost 400 sites. The European fi tness market is

RESEARCH

resilient, with performance approaching or surpassing pre-pandemic levels.

In the UK, fi tness sites were up by 0.2 per cent on 2023 levels; membership was the highest it’s ever been at 10.7 million, ditto market value which is 9.7 per cent higher than 2023 at £5.9 billion. The increased value is attributed to premiumisation and there’s a buzz of positivity across the sector.

LATIN AMERICA

Latin America’s market is fragmented and offers untapped potential. HFA predicts further growth and development in this region due to data showing solid demand.

Smart Fit is the largest operator, with 1,438 units. It saw a 44 per cent growth in revenue from 2022 to 2023, and with 4.5 million members it ranks fourth globally in membership and seventh largest by sites.

Local players dominate this market, with some US franchises – Anytime Fitness, Planet Fitness and Orangetheory – each having a small presence.

THE MIDDLE EAST

The Middle East offers signifi cant tailwinds as a result of the high-growth economies. Saudi Arabia is the largest economy in the GCC with independent chains making up 74 per cent of the market. Womenonly gyms are an important segment.

Leejam / Fitness Time is the market leader in the Middle East, with more than 200 sites. In 2023 it ranked among the top 25 operators globally in terms of revenue at US$353 million.

Other Middle Eastern operators include GymNation (33 locations and 110,000 members), the Sports Club Company (55 units, 112,000 members), Kun Sports (50 units, 44,000 members) and Armah Sports Company (12 sites, 13,000 members).

Around the world

Gen Zers are fl ocking to the gym

“The US fitness industry is responsible for US$22.4 billion of economic activity”

PureGym extended its foothold in the US market in 2024

Anytime Fitness, Fitness First Middle East and PureGym each have a growing presence in the region.

NORTH AMERICA

The US fi tness industry is responsible for US$22.4 billion of economic activity and supports 432,942 direct jobs. Membership in 2023 was 72.9 million: a 13.5 per cent increase from 2019. Looking ahead, key themes are likely to be strategic consolidation; rethinking the US$10 per month high value, low cost membership; the convergence of preventative wellness and fi tness; the emergence of gyms as social hubs and wellness centres; the potential passing of the Personal Health Investment Today Act and the effects of GLP-1 on fi tness. Canada has been slower to recover from the pandemic, with the penetration

rate at 11 per cent, down from 16 per cent pre-pandemic. However, Gen Z are fl ocking to the gym and active ageing has exploded, so there is the expectation that 2024 will have seen a bounce back.

AUSTRALIA

Despite a tightening economy, record numbers of people are joining gyms for social and motivational reasons. Increased media coverage about the benefi ts of exercise for physical and mental health conditions is helping to drive this, with many new joiners being female and older clients. Pilates and strength training are the fastest growing modalities. AusActive predicts a rise in more specialised and functional gyms going forward. ●

The report is available to buy from the HFA website at US$399 www.healthandfi tness.org

The biggest US players

Planet Fitness: 18.7 members and 2,575 locations

Anytime Fitness: 4.2 million members and 5,267 locations

Crunch Holdings: 2.6 million members and 458 locations.

Life Time generated US$2.22 billion in revenue in 2023, making it number one globally for revenues. It had 1.5 million members and 171 sites.

Europe’s biggest players

RSG Group: more than fi ve million members and third largest globally.

Basic-Fit: 3.8 million and sixth largest in the world, also the largest in Europe with 1,402 sites.

PureGym: 1.9 million, also 10th largest in the world and second largest in Europe with 573 sites.

Virgin Active: more than one million members & number 13 in the world.

Fitness Park Group has one million members and is 14th largest with 282 clubs.

NEW HEIGHTS

EuropeActive and Deloitte’s 2025 European Health & Fitness Market Report shows a buoyant and expanding market. Karsten Hollasch and Steffen Gausselmann sum up the key findings of this gold standard research, which is now in its 12th year

Memberships of health clubs across Europe have surpassed 70 million

The strong growth trend in the European fitness and health market continued last year. Membership numbers and revenues developed positively, setting a new industry benchmark.

In 2024, European health and fitness operators generated €36 billion in revenue, an increase of approximately 10 per cent on 2023. This was mainly driven by a combination of additional price increases, which were implemented in response to ongoing inflationary pressures, along with expansion and a significant rise in memberships.

By the end of last year, the European fitness market had grown to more than 64,000 clubs (an increase of around 2 per cent), serving around 71.6 million members (up 6 per cent). This upward trend is also evident in the positive business climate among European operators. In January 2025, 80 per cent of all European operators surveyed for this report rated their current business situation as good – a 20 per cent increase from January 2023.

Additional penetration for the overall market through intermediaries can be anticipated. In Germany, intermediaries such as EGYM Wellpass, Urban Sports Club and Wellhub provide more than 1.2 million members with access to physical activity, adding roughly 10 per cent more users to the market.

The top 20 fitness operators collectively generated €7.4 billion in revenue in 2024, marking a 15 per cent increase. In terms of memberships, Basic-Fit leads the ranking with almost 4.3 million members, followed by PureGym (around two million) and RSG Group (around 1.8 million). Together, these three operators account for more than 40 per cent of the top 20’s total membership.

“In 2024, European health and fitness operators generated €36 billion in revenue”

By the end of the year, these leading operators had 18.8 million members, an 8 per cent increase compared to 2023. Their combined network of clubs also grew by 9 per cent, reaching 6,851 locations. Overall, the Top 20 operators either matched, or outperformed, the broader European market across all three mentioned KPIs.

BEHAVIOUR AND WELLBEING

A chapter is dedicated to the fourth edition of EuropeActive’s Fitness Consumer Survey, which questioned almost 13,000 people in 19 countries in January 2025. This offers key insights into consumer behaviour and emerging trends, notably, the enduring trend of hybrid fitness with people using home, outdoor and health club settings to work out.

While participation in home and outdoor fitness among regular fitness practitioners has decreased by 2 and 5 percentage points respectively, club-based exercise has seen a 2 per cent increase compared to the previous year. This shift reflects

the post-pandemic return to fitness clubs as the preferred workout environment.

Analogously to last year, the most important factors when choosing a health club are the hard facts, such as location and price, followed by value for money, opening hours and quality of equipment. Social factors, such as community, referrals and the club’s environmental or social sustainability, play a secondary role in decision-making. Among the hard factors, location ranked first this year, ahead of price. This reverses last year’s order, suggesting consumers feel inflationary pressures are easing, or they have become accustomed to them.

When it comes to consumers’ wellbeing, regular fitness practitioners are more likely to experience a higher level of physical and emotional wellbeing compared to those without a regular fitness routine. A greater proportion of respondents without a regular fitness routine also indicated a strong desire for improvement regarding different physical and emotional wellbeing components. For example, the share of regular fitness practitioners who consider themselves in very good physical health is about 30 per cent higher than those without a regular fitness routine. Conversely, the share of individuals who don’t exercise regularly and feel the need to improve their physical health is about 21 per cent higher than among those who exercise at least once a week.

MERGERS AND ACQUISITIONS

During 2024, there were 30 M&A deals –with a minimum of four clubs and at least 50 per cent of the target’s shares – across Europe’s health and fitness club sector, resulting in the transfer of 669 clubs. This surpassed the five-year average of 18 deals, marking a record number

“A clear trend towards greater health awareness within the population can be observed”

Operators and consumers are taking a more holistic approach to wellbeing

of M&A transactions in one year. Several companies completed multiple transactions: VivaGym Group (five), Benefit Systems (three), LifeFit Group (three) and Nordic Wellness (two). The three largest deals by club volume included the acquisition of Germany’s LifeFit Group (140 clubs) by financial investor Waterland Private Equity, the sale of VivaGym Group (104 clubs) to Providence Equity Partners, and the acquisition of Altafit (70 clubs in Spain) by VivaGym Group.

KEY TAKEAWAYS

The health and fitness club sector has continued its growth, surpassing the 70 million membership mark across Europe, with the volume and quantity of M&A deals reaching its highest annual number yet. A clear trend towards greater health awareness within the population can be observed, with an increasing importance of the fitness industry for physical and also mental health and wellbeing.

As a result, many chains are broadening their services to incorporate wellbeing options, reflecting a shift towards a more holistic approach to fitness.

With the market’s steady expansion and its shifting focus towards the consumers’ overall wellbeing, EuropeActive remains committed to its goal of reaching 100 million members across the sector by 2030. l

About the authors

Karsten Hollasch is partner, EMEA private equity leader and Steffen Gausselmann is senior manager, Sports Business Group at Deloitte Germany

Get the report

The 150 page report can be ordered at: www.hcmmag.com/EHRMR2025

MILESTONE MOMENT

It was a cause for celebration that the first UK Active insight report on the UK health and fitness industry was released recently. Better still, the findings were positive. Kath Hudson gives an overview of key findings

The UK health and fitness industry is growing exponentially, with revenue up by 8.8 per cent in 2024 and penetration reaching 16.9 per cent.

These are the findings of the inaugural UK Health and Fitness Market Report from UK Active. Undertaken in collaboration with 4Global and Sport England, with analysis from Deloitte and back up data from UK Active’s Consumer Engagement survey with Savanta, it provides an authoritative view of the sector in the UK.

Released on 3 April 2025, this is the first time the UK health and fitness industry has been studied in such depth by an industry coalition, with co-operation from 75 per cent of private operators, 77 per cent of independents and 74 per cent of public operators. The findings have also been fed into the annual European Health & Fitness Market Report by EuropeActive and Deloitte.

Huw Edwards, CEO of UK Active, said: “These findings provide irrefutable evidence that our sector is essential for the UK’s health, happiness and prosperity, while also offering a major opportunity for further growth and investment. We want to see the government and policymakers recognise this opportunity and help remove any blockers to our sector’s growth so our members can reach their potential and maximise their value to society.”

KEY FINDINGS

More than 600 million visits were recorded to health clubs in 2024 and 11.5 million people over the age of 16 have a membership to the UK’s 5,607 clubs.

Overall revenue in 2024 was £5.7 billion – up from £5.2 billion in 2023 – while membership revenue across the sector has risen from £4.05 billion in 2022 to £5.19 billion in 2024, resulting in a compound annual growth rate of 13.1 per cent. The

penetration rate of 16.9 per cent reflects one of the highest performing fitness sectors in Europe and is a significant increase from 2022 when it stood at 14.6 per cent. In 2023 it was 16 per cent.

KEY TRENDS

Low cost operators have capitalised on growing demand from price-sensitive consumers and mid and premium market operators have improved their value proposition, by adding services such as spa facilities and social spaces. While private operators are opening more sites to grow membership numbers, public sector operators are focused on improving efficiencies and increasing their utilisation rates to achieve the same goal. Sport England is assessing alternative approaches to funding public leisure, such as via pension funds and is consulting with government departments and potential investors.

Improving strength and fitness is the main reason for joining a gym, cited by 83 per cent

There is growing engagement across all age groups, but particularly younger adults, suggesting a generational shift with younger age groups considering a gym membership a must have. Respondents aged between 16 and 24 were most likely to be a member of a gym or leisure centre, followed by those aged between 24 and 30. Conversely, those over the age of 35 were much less likely to have a gym membership and around 60 per cent of people over 65 years have never had gym membership, pointing at the opportunity to develop more targeted strategies for engaging older adults. While improving strength and fitness is the primary reason given for joining (83 per cent), mental health support is a growing motivation, with 76 per cent

of people across all age groups citing this as a reason for joining a gym. Improving confidence and physical appearance was also rated highly at 75 per cent.

THE DEALS

The past year has seen the highest deal volume in the market since 2020, with seven significant merger and acquisition transactions recorded – the highest since the pandemic –reflecting investor confidence in the sector’s long-term growth potential.

Deals of note include PureGym’s acquisition of 70 Blink Fitness clubs in the US [56 were retained – Ed] and David Lloyd acquiring the Meridian Spa in Germany, while Urban Gym Group’s acquisition of Gymbox shows overseas

operators are eyeing the UK market as part of their growth strategy.

THE CHALLENGES

People who have never been a member of a health and fitness club are more likely to be inactive than members or lapsed members. Those with lower socio-economic status also tend to be slightly less active. The northernmost and southernmost tips of the UK were the least active: 77 per cent were active in Scotland and 78 per cent in the south west. In terms of indices of deprivation, Cornwall is one of the most deprived parts of the UK and the low cost revolution is yet to arrive.London is the most active area at 87 per cent, followed by Northern Ireland (84 per cent).

The Gym Group has worked with a design agency to create an appealing look for Gen Z
PHOTO: THE GYM GROUP

PureGym’s acquisition of Blink Fitness was 2024’s largest M&A deal

Cost is still the biggest barrier for nonmembers when it comes to joining a health club (68 per cent) which is consistent across all demographic groups. This was followed by a perceived lack of need, especially among older age groups (49 per cent); with lack of interest (48 per cent); feeling uncomfortable within the environment (47 per cent) and lacking confidence (44 per cent) being the other major impediments.

People with health conditions have more intrinsic challenges to overcome and are less active in general than the rest of the population. The report calls for stronger integration between the healthcare and fitness industries to create programmes and initiatives to deliver more opportunities for participation.

THE OPPORTUNITIES

These include working towards further collaboration with healthcare providers, especially around areas such as weight management, rehabilitation and mental health.

Quantifying and communicating social value will allow the sector to effectively communicate its contribution to health, wellbeing and social outcomes.

As rising operating costs pose some challenges, the report suggests focusing on operational efficiencies, implementing innovative pricing models and differentiating offerings to meet different consumer priorities.

Diversity and inclusivity can be widened by expanding programmes to encompass a greater range of fitness

goals and preferences, combined with a welcoming and supportive community environment to encourage retention.

With health, fitness and wellbeing being a non-negotiable for Gen Z, operators could create engaging social spaces that go beyond fitness to build a sense of community.

As GLP-1 usage increases, gyms need to position themselves as experts at the necessary supporting lifestyle changes. l

l The UK Health and Fitness Market Report will be produced annually by UK Active and Deloitte, with quarterly insights released and a benchmarking dashboard available for participating operators. The report is available now from UK Active at: www.hcmmag.com/UKHFMR2025

LATIN LIVES

Research from the Health and Fitness Association shows that Latin America is a vibrant market, with increasing gym usage and further interest among current non-users

Around 70 per cent of active consumers in Latin America belong to a health club

Young and affluent consumers are leading gym usage in Latin America, according to research conducted for the Health and Fitness Association and there are further opportunities to engage lapsed and never-members in this dynamic market.

Seventy eight per cent of Latin Americans in major metropolitan areas in Brazil, Mexico, Argentina, Colombia, Peru and Chile exercise several times a month, including 61 per cent who exercise multiple times weekly, according to the The 2024 Latin America Consumer Survey Commissioned by the Health & Fitness Association and ABC Fitness, the report surveyed 3,700 adults from the largest metropolitan areas of Brazil, Mexico, Argentina, Colombia, Peru and Chile.

This is a dynamic market and in order to succeed, fitness businesses must develop a deep understanding of local consumer behaviours and preferences; offer holistic programmes and consider investing in equipment and space for outdoor activities.

KEY TRENDS

When averaged out across all markets, strength training came second at 32.1 per cent, although it was less popular in Columbia and Peru.

People are exercising for both their physical and mental wellbeing. General physical wellbeing was the most common at 52.3 per cent; followed by stress reduction at 37.5 per cent; disease prevention at 34.9 per cent; increased energy at 27.9 per cent and healthy ageing at 26.3 per cent.

GYM USAGE

69 per cent
of active consumers belong to a fitness facility

Across all six countries, outdoor activities – such as cycling, running or swimming –were overwhelmingly the most popular at 42.8 per cent. The most common reason given for exercising outdoors was that it improved mental clarity and increased energy and engagement (52.5 per cent).

Barriers to using a fitness facility include cost – 15.3 per cent said they preferred not to pay for a membership – and access to convenient facilities, with 11 per cent of the sample saying they don’t have any fitness facilities nearby. Encouragingly, 69 per cent of active consumers belong to a health and fitness facility, with members skewing younger and more affluent. Seventy two per cent use fitness facilities or trainers a few times monthly, while 54 per cent do so multiple times weekly. Only 21.7 per cent said they rarely or never exercise.

EXPANDING THE MARKET

Among the cohort who don’t use fitness facilities, many showed an interest in joining at some point. Of those who’ve never been members, 53 per cent say they’re likely to join a club in the next 12 months.

RESEARCH

Two-thirds of current non-members have previously been a member of a gym, and the most common reasons for leaving were cost, time and relocation.

To broaden the market, the report recommends providing flexible pricing and time-efficient offerings to tempt back lapsed members and conduct targeted outreach and introductory offers to attract the 53 per cent of never members who are thinking about joining.

Holistic programmes that incorporate mental health and stress management are needed, as well as high quality equipment and convenient locations. l

Health club membership in Latin America is skewing towards younger, more affluent consumers

offerings, such as run clubs, can tempt back lapsed members

Time-efficient

Wearable

tech, mobile exercise and exercise for older adults topped the leader board of the ACSM 2025 fitness trends survey. We take a look at the key findings

TECH FIRST

Wearable tech has been top of the ACSM trends table every year since 2016, apart from 2018 and 2021, when it remained in the top three. It reflects the way that this segment is evolving with functionality to give more information, such as stress levels through heart rate variability. The latest Oura ring measures 40 activities, including stress, while Whoop can now measure blood pressure around the clock.

The ACSM report’s co-author, A’Naja Newsome, says digital technologies are becoming critical to the design, delivery and

evaluation of health and fi tness services, saying: “Wearable devices, mobile apps and data-driven training methods will create avenues for reaching new cohorts and elevating fi tness experiences. The exercise professional will need to be innovative in their approach to using technology, while increasing client adherence and autonomy.”

The category for mobile exercise apps has risen quickly through the ranks, after coming in at number 20 two years ago. In 2023 there were 850 million fi tness app downloads by almost 370 million users.

Refl ecting the current focus on longevity, fi tness programmes for older adults came in third for the second year running. ACSM

spokesperson, Christian Thompson, pointed out it’s important not to have a one size fi ts all approach to older adults’ exercise programming, as fi tness levels in this demographic are highly varied. Exercise for weight loss was number four, followed by traditional strength training at number fi ve. “Strength training programming continues to be a mainstay in the fi tness industry worldwide. As consumers are focused on longevity, maintaining physical function and moving with vigour helps maintain quality of life,” says ACSM’s Rachelle Reed. HIIT came in at six, followed by datadriven training technology at seven,

Strength training programming continues to be a mainstay in the fitness industry

showing the consumer appetite for instant feedback and individualised programming.

Exercise for mental health is number eight. Reed says: “As clients seek solutions to manage stress, reduce symptoms of anxiety, and sleep better, exercise may be increasingly part of a more holistic approach to supporting mental health.”

Functional fi tness training is number nine. Health/wellness coaching is tenth , refl ecting the move towards taking a whole-person approach to health, working on the mindset and behaviours.

New trends for this year are hot and cold therapies , in at number 20 and exercise in cancer treatment (29).

Infl uence/ambassador-led fi tness programmes – online content from social media infl uencers – has debuted at 12.

At number 19, lifestyle medicine shows the increasing awareness of managing chronic illness via a multi-pronged approach including physical activity, whole-foods, plant-based nutrition, restorative sleep, stress reduction, avoiding risky substance use and improving social wellbeing.

Worksite health promotion was the number two trend in 2024, but fell out of the top 20 for 2025, which is attributed to the changing landscape of hybrid and remote working. It could mean employers increasingly using digital technologies. ●

Wearable tech

Mobile exercise apps

Fitness for older adults

Exercise for weight loss

Strength training

HIIT

Data-driven training tech

Exercise for mental health

Functional fitness

Health/wellness coaching

Athletic development

Influencer programmes

Outdoor fitness

On-demand classes

Professional certification

Personal training

Exercise is medicine

Bodyweight training

Lifestyle medicine

Hot and cold therapies

TRACKING UPWARDS

The Net Promotor Score at England’s public leisure centres has risen significantly. Active Insight’s Julie Allen reports on how this uptick has been driven by a renewed emphasis on customer experience

Public sector operators such as Everyone Active are raising the game

According to the Moving Communities’ 2024 Customer Experience Survey, England’s leisure centre operators have taken on board the importance of providing top quality service and investing in the customer experience to retain members. While research showed the Net Promoter Score (NPS) increased during the pandemic – thanks to changes in booking and upgraded cleaning regimes – a year or two afterwards the score started to drop, driven partly by a reduction in staffing levels and cleaning standards.

So it’s heartening to see that in 2024, NPS is on the rise again – up 10 points compared with 2023.

While some of this uplift can be attributed to a postCOVID stabilisation, it also represents a significant enhancement in member satisfaction and loyalty, driven by several key factors.

A DATA-DRIVEN APPROACH

Our research highlights that one factor contributing to this NPS growth is the renewed investment in customer experience training. As local authorities and community-owned facilities strive to attract and retain members, they’re increasingly recognising the importance of providing exceptional service.

Consumers are looking for unique experiences beyond the traditional gym routine

By prioritising staff training to enhance interpersonal skills and engagement, these centres are cultivating a welcoming and supportive environment that elevates satisfaction.

Many operators are also adopting a data-driven approach to understand their members better. Public sector leisure centres are increasingly analysing feedback and utilising various relevant metrics to identify specific areas for improvement, such as facility cleanliness, equipment availability and the quality of classes.

The changing landscape of consumer preferences is also playing a significant role in this positive trend. The rise of

Julie Allen

RESEARCH

alternative fitness options, such as open water swimming – which we’ve recently researched (see left) and outdoor fitness classes, reflects a growing desire for varied and inclusive health activities. Many consumers are seeking unique experiences rather than sticking with traditional gym routines. Operators who expand their offerings to include these alternatives are likely to engage a broader audience and further increase satisfaction and loyalty.

MEDICAL SUPPORT

Notably, our insights indicate that patrons who regularly engage with public leisure centres are more likely to view them as sources of medical support, using facilities for physical activity as preventative health measures, rather than relying solely on traditional healthcare routes. This emerging trend highlights a vital opportunity for public sector leisure centres to position themselves at the intersection of health and fitness, serving as key facilitators for community wellbeing. In conclusion, the upward trend in the NPS of the UK’s health and fitness sectors, especially within public leisure centres, underscores the need for operators to prioritise the design and delivery of highquality customer experiences, as well as measure the experience and use the data for actionable insights. By understanding their members’ needs and adapting accordingly, these centres will be able to sustain this positive momentum in NPS as well as contribute to the broader aim of increasing community engagement in physical activity across the UK. l

Julie Allen is a director at Active Insight which specialises in customer experience insight, providing operators with tools to understand and enhance the customer journey. www.active-insight.org

CASE STUDY: OPEN WATER SWIMMING

Active Insight recently undertook research – using its online Customer Insight Panel of more than 62,000 consumers – looking specifically at what was attracting people to open water swimming.

Open water: pros

43 per cent find it fun

38 per cent see the positive health benefits

37 per cent feel connected to nature

Open water: cons

35 per cent think it’s too cold

31 per cent aren’t interested

31 per cent don’t like the pollution levels

28 per cent aren’t strong swimmers

Active Insight researched open water swimming when investigating consumer preferences

PHOTO: SPORTS ENGLAND

A global premier hosted buyer event company, connecting high-level executives from leading suppliers with pre-selected highly qualified buyers in the spa, fitness, and hospitality industries, through scheduled one-on-one meetings, networking activities, community, and purpose.

W3Spa North America

April 14-17 • Chateau Elan Winery & Resort, Georgia

W3Hospitality EMEA

October 7–10 • Higuerón Hotel, Malaga, Spain

W3Spa EMEA

June 3-6 • Hilton Malta

W3Fit EMEA

October 14–17 • Higuerón Hotel, Malaga, Spain

W3Fit North America

September 21–24 • Four Seasons Hotel, Westlake Village, California

W3Spa North America

November 9–12 • Four Seasons Hotel, Westlake Village, California

Contact Our Team Today!

info@weworkwellevents.com • www.weworkwellevents.com

JOINED-UP APPROACH

Simply co-locating healthcare and fitness services together in wellbeing hubs is not su cient to drive up physical activity levels, says Dr Natalie Grinvalds. Her research has shown that collaboration and integration are needed

Co-located environments can be effective in promoting physical activity by providing a single point of access and a seamless transition between health and leisure, normalising physical activity by making it visible.

For healthcare and exercise professionals, it also makes it easier to promote physical activity and breaks down the barriers for those who feel they do not belong in a gym or leisure centre. For those with longterm health conditions who may be fearful about exercising, the co-location model, with on-hand clinicians, can feel more safe than a leisure centre.

However, although the environments may be seamless, the experience tends to be less so, because of a disconnect between the two sides and fully leveraging the co-location model calls for closer collaboration between the fitness and healthcare professionals.

Co-located facilities require collaboration to leverage the opportunity

PHOTO:
Dr Natalie Grinvalds

Architects need to design spaces with a single point of access

EDUCATION AND OPPORTUNITIES

Making the most of the opportunity which co-location hubs present is a multifacted approach that involves buy-in from service commissioners, healthcare and fitness professionals, architects and planners.

Architects need to design spaces with a single point of access, a centralised reception and a seamless journey flow between healthcare and leisure services that facilitates easy observation of physical activity opportunities. Spaces for healthcare professionals and exercise professionals to eat, share stories and build relationships would improve integration.

From the fitness professionals’ side, offering some free or discounted physical activity opportunities to patients attending clinical appointments and timing them to coincide with their appointments could also help this cohort to take the leap into a more active lifestyle.

Educating healthcare professionals about successful experiences of working with patients with long-term conditions can give them the confidence they need to make a safe recommendation.

Allowing healthcare professionals to use facilities themselves can also lead to them becoming stronger advocates.

Finally, working with healthcare service providers and commissioners to align business models – such as organisational objectives, IT systems and performance metrics – improves integration and, in turn, the effectiveness of the model.

CALL FOR INTEGRATION

Overall, my research found that colocating healthcare services with leisure facilities holds great potential to promote physical activity to a new cohort.

With the right conditions in place, this model has the potential to improve the health outcomes of individuals with

chronic conditions, while also creating a more integrated and accessible healthcare system that encourages active lifestyles and offers a novel and promising approach to encouraging physical activity as both a prevention and treatment for non-communicable diseases.

However, the co-location model requires careful planning and implementation to overcome the challenges and maximise the potential. It’s not merely about creating adjacent facilities, but an opportunity to consider how the interaction of these spaces and cultures can become more than the sum of their parts in terms of how they promote physical activity. l

Dr Natalie Grinvalds: doctoral research explored how, why, for whom and under what circumstances co-locating healthcare with leisure services works (or does not) to promote physical activity, particularly for individuals with long term conditions

BODY OF WORK

HCM

rounds up the latest global scientific studies impacting the sector

Ideally people should do both Kundalini yoga and memory training, because they impact different parts of the brain and have different health effects

Memory Matters

Research from UCLA Health looked at the impact of Kundalini yoga on memory and found a significant impact

Astudy by UCLA Health found Kundalini yoga provides benefi ts to cognition and memory for older women at risk of developing Alzheimer’s. Benefi ts include restoring neural pathways, preventing brain matter decline and reversing age- and infl ammationassociated biomarkers – improvements not seen in a group who received standard memory training exercises.

Led by Dr Helen Lavretsky, the study sought to determine whether Kundalini yoga can prevent cognitive decline and trajectories of Alzheimer’s in post-menopausal women.

The research involved 60 women aged 50 and over with self-reported memory issues and cerebrovascular risk factors.

They were divided into two groups: one participated in weekly 60-minute Kundalini yoga sessions that focused on meditation and breathwork. The other underwent weekly memory enhancement training over a period of 12 weeks. Both groups also received daily homework assignments.

Researchers assessed the women’s cognition, subjective memory, depression and anxiety after the fi rst 12 weeks and again 12 weeks later to determine how stable any improvements were.

STOP BRAIN MATTER DECLINE

Blood samples were also taken to test for gene expression of ageing markers and for molecules associated with infl ammation, which are contributing factors to Alzheimer’s.

Researchers found yoga group participants saw improvements not experienced by the memory training group. These included the prevention of brain matter decline and significant reductions in memory complaints.

“Ideally, people should do both Kundalini yoga and memory training, because they impact different parts of the brain and have different health effects,” said Lavretsky.

More: www.hcmmag.com/Kundalini

Switching off the gene could delay many of the issues that come with ageing, including vision, hearing, hair and muscle loss

Switching off Ageing

People could live up to 25 per cent longer, in better health, if a redundant gene is switched off

Research from Imperial College London indicates that switching off a certain protein could lead to people living up to 25 per cent longer and in better health.

In 2017, Imperial College discovered that the protein interleukin 11 (IL-11) plays a key role in the scarring process which causes heart, kidney and liver failure, so inhibiting the gene can prevent fibrosis – the build-up

of excessive connective tissue in organs –which contributes to organ failure. Further research has shown that switching off the gene could have more farreaching health benefi ts and the potential to delay many of the issues that come with ageing, including the loss of vision, hearing, hair and muscle, as well as improving lung function and metabolism, reducing the incidences of cancer and signifi cantly adding to healthy lifespan.

INCREASING HEALTHSPAN AND LIFESPAN

Research leader, Professor Stuart Cook, from the Medical Research Council Laboratory of Medical Science, Imperial College says: “These findings are very exciting. Previously proposed life-extending drugs and treatments have either had poor side-effect profiles, or don’t work in both sexes, or could extend life, but not healthy life. However this does not appear to be the case for IL-11.”

Interleukins are involved in relaying signals between the cells and help regulate cell growth, differentiation and movement. They’re important for immune responses, infl ammation and fibrosis. However, IL-11 is believed to be an evolutionary hangover: while it’s vital for limb regeneration in some animal species, it’s thought to be largely redundant in humans.

After the age of 55, increasing levels of IL-11 are produced and other research has linked this to chronic infl ammation, fibrosis in organs, metabolism disorders, frailty and cardiac fibrosis. Published in Nature, the study received funding from the Medical Research Council.

More: www.hcmmag.com/interleukin

PHOTO: SHUTTERSTOCK / ANDRIY BLOKHIN

Researchers discovered that some microbes are over-represented in Alzheimer’s brains, including bacteria, fungi and algae-related species

Fresh take on Alzheimer’s

Some cases of Alzheimer’s Disease and dementia can be caused by infections that are curable, says new research

Some cases of Alzheimer’s Disease that result in the loss of memory and cognitive skills (dementia) could be caused by infectious diseases and, therefore, be reversible.

A group of international scientists collaborating on potentially world-changing research have formed the Alzheimer’s Pathobiome Initiative (AlzPI) to understand the role of microbes in the brain, devise ways to diagnose and treat brain infections and identify preventative measures. There is research to show that shingles vaccines have been successful in lowering the risk of dementia, for example. Although there are inherited and ageing elements to the disease, there’s an increasing body of research which points to microbial infections of the brain leading to dementia.

FINDING EVIDENCE

A research paper entitled The remarkable complexity of the brain microbiome in health and disease looked into microbes in the human brain and their contribution to neurodegenerative conditions, supporting the contention that infection – perhaps

associated with declining immunity with age – may contribute to the development of Alzheimer’s Disease.

Researchers discovered that some microbes are over-represented in brains of people with Alzheimer’s, including the bacteria Streptococcus and Staphylococcus, as well as fungi from the Candida and Cryptococcus groups. Also, an algaerelated species that needs more research was more abundant in Alzheimer’s Disease brain samples.

Numerous pathogens have been found to be more common in the brains of people who suffer from Alzheimer’s Disease than those who don’t, including Chlamydia pneumoniae, which causes respiratory infections.

The AlzPI says there’s an urgent need for interdisciplinary collaboration and calls for a multi-centre study to test post mortem biosamples to reveal microbes. The findings could be used prospectively in patients with mild cognitive impairment, or early Alzheimer’s Disease, to reveal microbial infections and tailor treatment to potentially reverse dementia.

More: www.HCMmag.com/dementia2

Nearly half of dementia cases around the world could be delayed or prevented

Tackling Dementia

Half of global cases of dementia could be prevented or stalled by lifestyle changes including more exercise, says the Alzheimer’s Society

Untreated vision loss and bad cholesterol have been cited in new research as high risk factors for dementia, according to a Lancet Commission study, partfunded by the Alzheimer’s Society.

The updated Lancet Commission study on dementia prevention, added untreated vision loss in later life and high low-density lipoprotein cholesterol (bad cholesterol) in mid-life as risk factors for developing the

condition. They contribute to 2 per cent and 7 per cent of cases respectively.

The report says that eliminating all the addressable risk factors could theoretically halve the number of dementia cases and bring down the global costs, which now exceed £780 billion a year. The number of people living with dementia is forecast to treble to almost 153 million by 2050.

Fiona Carragher, chief policy and research officer at the Alzheimer’s Society says: “Dementia is a global crisis affecting more

than 55 million people and is the UK’s biggest killer, but it’s never too early or too late to reduce risk. This study suggests nearly half of dementia cases around the world could be delayed or prevented.”

UNDERSTANDING RISK FACTORS

Some risk factors can’t be changed. Age is the biggest, with the over 75s most at risk. There’s also a genetic risk and more women than men live with dementia. Some risk factors need to be addressed on a societal level, including social isolation, education inequalities and air pollution. Access to healthcare is important to help with other risk factors, including hearing and vision loss and head injuries. The Lancet commission has made a number of recommendations including making hearing aids available for people with hearing loss, providing children with good-quality education, being cognitively active in midlife and detecting and treating high cholesterol from the age of 40.

Risks that are controllable by the individual are taking more exercise, stopping smoking and stopping excessive alcohol consumption.

More: www.hcmmag.com/dementia

PHOTO: SHUTTERSTOCK / FERHAT SIMSEK
Only 6.6 per cent of molecules displayed linear changes throughout human ageing

Fast Forward

The risk of developing age-related diseases spike at certain times of life, when ageing accelerates, according to research from Stanford Medicine

According to research undertaken by Stanford Medicine, ageing is non-linear and there are periods of significant change around the ages of 44 and 60.

The longitudinal study, Nonlinear dynamics of multi-omics profiles during human aging, published in the journal Nature Aging, followed 108 participants aged between 25 and 75 years of age. Biological samples

nasal swabs – were taken every three to six months for a maximum of 6.8 years and an average of 1.7 years.

The evidence pointed overwhelmingly to ageing being a non-linear process, with the risk of developing age-related diseases spiking at certain ages – especially after the age of 60.

Only 6.6 per cent of molecules displayed linear changes throughout human ageing, this finding is also consistent with the

MID-40S AGE SPIKE

“We’re not just changing gradually over time; there are some really dramatic changes,” says Michael Snyder, PhD, professor of genetics and the study’s senior author. “It turns out the mid-40s is a time of dramatic change, as is the early 60s. And that’s true no matter what class of molecules you look at in the body.”

At 44 and 60 there are distinct shifts in ageing, including the ability to metabolise caffeine, alcohol and lipids. The ageing of skin and muscle is also markedly accelerated at both of these crests, as is cardiovascular health.

The second wave of changes includes molecules involved in immune regulation, carbohydrate metabolism and kidney function. After 60 there’s also a more rapid decline in the immune system, as well as oxygen carrier activity and a higher risk of developing both kidney and cardiovascular disease and Type 2 diabetes.

Researchers emphasised the importance of paying extra attention to health during the 40s and 60s, such as increasing exercise and decreasing alcohol consumption. More: www.HCMmag.com/fastforward

During exercise, the number and proportion of cancerdestroying cells increases in the bloodstream

Killer Cells

Half an hour of exercise can increase the proportion of tumour-killing white blood cells in the bloodstream of breast cancer patients, according to a recent study from Finland

Researchers at the University of Turku studied 20 breast cancer patients who had just been diagnosed but not yet started their cancer treatments. The patients pedalled a bicycle ergometer for 30 minutes at a resistance of their own choosing. Blood samples were taken from the patients at rest before the pedalling, during the exercise and after the exercise.

Blood contains many different types of white blood cells, some of which are cancer-destroying while some promote cancer. Analysis showed that the blood cell type which increased the most during exercise were the cancer-destroying cytotoxic T Cells and natural killer cells. In contrast, the number of cancer-promoting regulatory T cells and myeloid derived suppressor cells did not change.

CANCER-DESTROYING CELLS

The researchers also examined the proportions of different white blood cell types relative to the total white blood cell count and found that the proportion of natural killer cells increased signifi cantly, while the proportion of myeloid

derived suppressor cells decreased.

“The balance of different types of white blood cells determines whether the immune system works to destroy cancer or to support it,” says lead author, doctoral researcher, Tiia Koivula. “If there are more cancer-destroying cells than cancer-promoting cells in the tumour area, the body is more capable of fighting the disease. We found that during the exercise, the number and proportion of cancer-destroying cells increases in the bloodstream, while the proportion of cancer-promoting cells either stays the same or decreases.”

It is still unclear whether these changes seen in the bloodstream also lead to changes in the white blood cell counts in the tumour area. In this study, almost all white blood cell types decreased back to resting values one hour after the exercise Researchers were uncertain where the white blood cells go after exercise, but in preclinical studies, cancer-destroying cells have been seen migrating to the tumour area.

“According to current knowledge, it is benefi cial for all cancer patients to exercise, and our study supports this,” Koivula says. More: www.hcmmag.com/killercells

If you do a lot of huff and puff exercise then your risk of dying early or

developing

diseases in the future is reduced

Critical Cardio

With the industry experiencing a huge swing towards strength training, researchers make the case for continuing with cardio

Having good levels of cardiorespiratory fi tness cuts disease and premature death by 11 to 17 per cent according to new research from the University of South Australia (UniSA).

As strength training skyrockets in popularity and gym owners respond to customer demand by removing cardio equipment to make more room for weights, this study shows it’s important to keep aerobic exercise in a workout routine.

Senior author, UniSA’s Professor Grant Tomkinson, says cardiorespiratory fi tness is probably the most important type of fi tness for good health, saying: “In this study we found prolonged cardiorespiratory fi tness is strongly and consistently associated with all types of premature death and incident disease – spanning heart failure, depression, diabetes, dementia and even cancer.”

For every 1-MET increase in cardiorespiratory fi tness – the amount of energy used for quiet sitting – a person can reduce their risk of premature death

by 11 to 17 per cent and their risk of heart disease by 18 per cent.

CARDIO CUTS MORTALITY RISK

This is the fi rst study to collate all the scientifi c evidence that looks at the link between cardiorespiratory fi tness and health outcomes among adults. Published in the British Journal of Sports Medicine, it comprised 26 systematic reviews with meta-analysis representing more than 20.9 million observations from 199 unique cohort studies.

The study showed those with low levels of cardiorespiratory fi tness are far more likely to die early or develop chronic conditions later in life.

“The message is quite simple: if you do a lot of ‘huff and puff ’ exercise, then your risk of dying early or developing diseases is reduced,” says Tomkinson. “People can make meaningful improvements through moderate physical activity, such as brisk walking, for at least 150 minutes a week. As they improve their fi tness, their risk of premature death and disease will decline.”

More: www.hcmmag.com/huff

“Females draw less on fat stores, likely because they are vital for reproduction”

Facts About Fat

A US study discovered major differences in the way males and females utilise fat during exercise

According to a study published in Nature

Metabolism, exercise changes the health of fat stores in both sexes, making them more metabolically active. Scientists discovered vast differences in the way fat tissues in males and females responded to running on a treadmill over an eight week period. While males burned fat for energy, females were more likely to

preserve and ‘recycle’ their fat mass.

Although females burned fat at the start of the trial, by the end of eight weeks their fat stores had reverted to how they had been at the start, although they did not gain fat in the way their sedentary counterparts did.

“We saw both sexes mobilise their metabolism to get the energy they need,” said fi rst author, Gina Many. “But they get their energy in different ways. Females do

so without drawing so much from their fat stores, likely because these are critical to reproductive health.”

GETTING ENERGY IN DIFFERENT WAYS

While too much body fat can cause disease in some people, depending on how and where their body stores it (with this differing according to body type and genetics), having body fat is also important for health, as it controls parts of the endocrine system, among other things.

In recent decades, scientists have learned fat isn’t just unwelcome weight, but a major organ that runs through the body. Like the skin, it secretes hormones and other compounds that play an important role in our health. Ovulation and menstruation typically stops if women’s body fat drops below 18 per cent, with 22 per cent currently thought to be the optimum level.

The research was undertaken by the Molecular Transducers of Physical Activity Consortium, a collaboration of scientists across multiple universities, studying the molecular changes which occur during and after exercise to understand how physical activity improves and preserves health.

More: www.hcmmag.com/fatscience ●

WHO’S WHO

WHO’S WHO HANDBOOK

3D Leisure

Tel: +44 (0)1252 732 220

Email: info@3dleisure.com

www.3dleisure.com

HANDBOOK

WHO’S WHO

Who are the key players in your market? We take a look at some of the leading health club chains

Company profi le

Owned by Mark Bremner, Andrew Deere, Paul Ramsay, Paul Dickinson and Dan Glue – who all remain active in the day to day operations of the business – 3D Leisure is a facility management company operating in the hotel, workplace, education and private sectors. It offers a complete management solution for owners and operators, as well as support in key areas, such as marketing and sales. Number of sites

149

Plans for 2025/6

We are looking to increase our estate through contract wins and acquisitions.

MD: Paul Ramsay

Professional background

I started as a fi tness instructor with 3D 28 years ago. I was operations director for 17 years before taking on my current role in 2019. We have a team of two operations directors and seven regional managers who work together to drive performance within our clubs and support our clients. Fun fact...

Before moving into the fi tness sector, I was a pub landlord as a 21-year-old.

432 Social Wellbeing

Email: info@432socialwellbeing.com

www.432socialwellbeing.com

Company profi le

Founded by veterans in the wellness sector, 432 Social Wellbeing distills the most effective and accessible forms of wellness, recovery and deep relaxation through convenient urban studios. Merging authentic and traditional sauna rituals with cutting-edge innovation and exceptional soundscapes, 432 delivers physical and mental wellbeing outcomes using an instructor-led journey format that uniquely integrates breathwork, sauna journeys, cold-water immersion and sound.

Number of sites

One

Plans for 2025/6

Expand 432 Social Wellbeing, opening wellness studios in urban centres across Europe.

MD: Jamie Waring

Professional background

I have 30 years experience developing and managing luxury hospitality, wellness and leisure projects, for leading brands such as Six Senses, Soneva, Octave Institute, and Holmes Place and am founder and CEO of Waring Wellbeing Hospitality. Best piece of advice you’ve ever been given?

Focus your energy on what’s in front of you and don’t get lost in the endless what ifs of the future.

Basic-Fit

Tel: +31 23 8901750 www.basic-fit.com

www.corporate.basic-fit.com

Company profi le

With more than 4.47 million members, Basic-Fit is Europe’s largest and fastest-growing fitness chain, the market leader in the value-for-money fitness market and active in some of Europe’s most attractive markets: Germany, the Netherlands, Belgium, Luxembourg, France and Spain. The offering combines a flexible low-cost membership model with high quality fitness equipment, technology, virtual and live group lessons and free usage of the Basic Fit App.

Number of sites

1,616 clubs in six countries.

Plans for 2025/6

To continue our mission to make fitness a basic requirement.

CEO: Rene Moos

Professional background

As a former professional tennis player I opened my fi rst fi tness club in 1984, co-founding premium health and fi tness club operator HealthCity in the same year and becoming CEO. In 2010, HealthCity acquired 32 Basic-Fit clubs. I decided to separate the two in 2013 and expanded the Basic-Fit club portfolio from 32 clubs to 750 by 2019. Best piece of advice you’ve ever been given Be focused and keep improving your product. People might be surprised to know that... I was a tennis teacher for many years.

BH Live

Tel: +44 (0)1202 055555

Email: enquiries@bhlive.org.uk

www.bhlive.org.uk

Company profi le

A charitable social enterprise and leading operator of leisure and event venues in Dorset, Hampshire and London, we deliver engaging experiences to promote better community health and wellbeing. Specialists in physical activity, sport, arts, culture, entertainment, ticketing, hospitality, conferences, exhibits and events. Number of sites

16 sites, including leisure and sports centres; high profile entertainment, conferencing and exhibition and event venues; junior attractions; cafés, restaurants, and bars.

Plans for 2025/6

Continue to increase our community impact and social value by targeting hard-to-reach groups and working with partners. Improve our accessibility by creating a seamless booking journey.

Professional background

Qualifi ed as a chartered accountant with KPMG before working for Barclays Bank and then as a finance director in the retail sector for many years. Joined BH Live as director of finance and business support and was promoted to CEO in 2022. Fun fact...

As a parent of swimmers, I spend my weekends in leisure centres watching swimming galas.

The Club Company

Email: marketing@theclubcompany.com www.theclubcompany.com

Company profi le

A collection of country clubs, offering premium wellbeing facilities and services, including championship standard golf courses, driving ranges, health and fi tness facilities, group exercise, swimming, padel and tennis courts, bars, eateries and hotel accommodation. The Club Company’s mission is to be the UK’s premier collection of country clubs, helping members and visitors improve their wellbeing through beautiful locations, exceptional facilities and welcoming environment helping members to find ‘Your You Place’.

Number of sites: 18.

Plans for 2025/6

Accelerate growth with more clubs and improvements to the services and products on off er to members.

MD: Richard Calvert

Professional background

After starting out as an overseas rep and ski guide, I worked my way up in the travel industry with leadership positions at First Choice, Tui and Thomas Cook. I joined The Club Company in 2020, after being CEO of Specialist Leisure Group. Fun fact...

I went on a skiing holiday to Andorra when I was 19 and didn’t come back to the UK for 15 years!

David Lloyd Leisure

Tel: +44 (0)300 303 9531

www.davidlloyd.co.uk

Company profi le

David Lloyd Leisure is a leading European premium health and wellness group offering a wide range of lifestyle facilities and expertise. Our aim is to deliver a worldclass lifestyle product to enable our 785,000+ members to pursue their individual goals for a fi tter, happier and healthier lifestyle, looking after mind and body for the long term . Our 11,500+ team make a positive impact on the communities and on the environment.

Number of sites

105 sites in the UK and 29 internationally.

Plans for 2025/6

Continued expansion across Europe, with a focus on delivering premium wellness facilities.

CEO: Russell Barnes

Professional background

I’ve always worked in the leisure sector and joined DLL in 2015 from Merlin Entertainments, taking up the role of CEO in 2021.

I am committed to developing a positive company culture, delivering excellence through empowered and talented teams to enable our members to benefit from a premium range of health and wellness facilities and a strong sense of club community.

Denbighshire Leisure

Tel: +44 (0)1824 712499

Email: leisure@denbighshireleisure.co.uk

www.denbighshireleisure.co.uk

Company profi le Denbighshire Leisure is focused on providing high quality, accessible leisure opportunities that attract high levels of participation and improve the wellbeing of residents and visitors. We have more than 20 distinct brands across health and leisure and own the UK Leisure Framework.

Number of sites

Seven leisure centres, the SC2 visitor attraction, Rhyl Pavilion Theatre, as well as pavilions, restaurants, a craft centre and a bowls centre. Plans for 2025/6

While looking for new, exciting attractions, we will be consolidating some of our newer investments to ensure they reach their potential.

MD: Jamie Groves

Professional background I became MD of Denbighshire Leisure in 2019, prior to its launch in 2020. I started out as a leisure attendant and have worked at virtually every level in the industry, becoming the youngest head of leisure in Wales at the age of 30. I was awarded the Jan Spaticchia Special Recognition Award by UK Active, for the launch of the UK Leisure Framework. Fun fact...

I trained as a boxer to raise money for charity.

Edinburgh Leisure

Email: askus@edinburghleisure.co.uk www.edinburghleisure.co.uk

Company profi le

Established in 1998, Edinburgh Leisure is a charity dedicated to making a positive difference. We passionately believe in the positive impact physical activity and sport can have on health and wellbeing.

Number of sites

17 gyms, 12 pools, one climbing arena, six golf courses, racquet sports, 141 sports pitches, 32 tennis courts and sports facilities at 23 high schools.

Plans for 2025/6

Working towards our mission of transforming Edinburgh’s health and wellbeing by 2030, through reducing barriers, innovating delivery and engaging people and communities to be active.

CEO: Jen Holland

Professional background

Joining Edinburgh Leisure in March 2024, I am a chartered accountant with an MBA and more than 30 years’ experience in public sector roles.

I’m passionate about physical activity for all the impacts for individuals and community wellbeing.

Fun fact

I’m a qualifi ed fi tness instructor and since taking up ultra running, have recently qualifi ed as a jog leader through Scottish Athletics.

Empowered Brands

Tel: +44 (0)3330 151 865

Email: contact@empoweredbrands.co.uk

www.empoweredbrands.co

Company profi le Empowered Brands off ers a diverse portfolio of franchised brands, including our fl agship IP énergie Fitness; boutique boxing and strength concept, UBX and the staffl ess, tech-driven gym model, fi t+. Operating in UK and Europe, we are driven by a strategic vision for growth and an unwavering commitment to provide unrivalled wellness solutions to local communities. Number of sites 92 sites.

Plans for 2025/6

To grow our franchise network and open sites across all three brands, domestically and internationally.

MD: Jon Cottam

Professional background

I joined Empowered Brands as CEO in January this year, following a career scaling multi-unit, multi-brand businesses in franchised and corporate-owned environments. I joined the industry as a general manager at Fusion Lifestyle and then Urban Fitness London, before moving to Lift Brands to become MD at 9Round UK, followed by MD Europe and CEO for EMEA. After this, I spent two years as CEO at United Fitness Brands.

Everlast Gyms

www.everlastgyms.com

Company profile

Owned by Frasers Group, Everlast Gyms offers a hybrid gym experience, combining the best elements of big box and boutique, along with the Flavore smoothie and coffee bar. We offer the group training concepts; Hustle, Haymaker, Backbone, Cranked, Breathe and Apex, designed to meet the needs of all levels.

Number of sites

60 gyms across the UK and Ireland.

Plans for 2025/6

Open new sites across the UK and Ireland while reimagining existing gyms to provide a top tier experience. The four newly acquired Roko Health Clubs will be upgraded, including the addition of padel courts.

Everyone Active (SLM)

Tel: +44 (0)1455 890508

www.everyoneactive.com

MD: Daniel Summerson

Professional background

I have more than 20 years of experience in the health, fitness, and leisure industry across Fitness First and TRIB3. I was appointed MD of Everlast Gyms in November 2021. Fun fact...

I convinced the Frasers Group team at Shirebrook that I was a Hyrox pro athlete.

Company profile

Having formed in 1987, SLM Ltd is the longestestablished leisure contractor in the UK. We offer award-winning facilities and services to local communities across the country on behalf of our trust and local authority partners. In 2024, we won the UK Active award for Outstanding Organisation of the Year

Number of sites

240 leisure and cultural facilities managed in partnership with more than 65 local authorities. Plans for 2025/6

This year we aim to increase awareness and participation in marginalised groups through our Community Champions scheme, and rollout our unique wellbeing membership, YOU+.

MD: David Bibby

Professional background

I’m a chartered accountant and joined Everyone Active as finance director in 1992 and was promoted to MD in 2006. It has been highly rewarding to see the brand develop. Best piece of advice you’ve ever been given See the bigger picture. Fun fact...

Other than football, skiing off-piste is my favourite sport.

EVO

Operated by Fitness Group Nordic AS

Email: morten.hellevang@fitnessgroup.no

www.evo.no

Company profi le

EVO Fitness operates 400-800sq m premium PT and boutique clubs equipped by Technogym and Precor. The use of technology is extensive to enhance operational effi ciency, as well as to drive the digital customer experience. The company’s leading vision is to become a fi tness facilitator – more than just a fi tness facility.

Number of sites

72 clubs in Norway, in addition to clubs in Switzerland, Germany and Austria.

Plans for 2025/6

To open 10 new sites in Norway.

CEO: Morten Hellevang

Professional background

CEO of Fitness Group Nordic since December 2013, I started in Fitness Group Nordic as CFO in 2010. Previous experience from the Telecommunications, IT and FMCG sectors, mainly as CFO. I have a degree in business administration and psychology.

Fitness First UK

Tel: +44 (0)30 056 4210

Email: info@fitnessfirst.co.uk

www. fitnessfirst.co.uk

Company profi le

Born more than 30 years ago, Fitness First is still going strong with 29 clubs, throughout England, predominantly in London. We off er premium gym facilities, as well as innovative classes including Trax, Rox, Shred, Hyrox and Les Mills. Pools, saunas and steamrooms are typical. Health Hero was introduced recently for members, along with IV drip subscriptions. Number of sites 29 sites.

Plans for 2025/6

New innovative services including the introduction of EGYM’s AI-driven equipment, as well as Box 12, various at home wellness services and a new approach to hotelstyle service levels, to name but a few.

Director: Scott Best

Professional background

Best has been a director at DW Sports Fitness since 2007 and now works in the Fitness First UK and V Health Clubs business as owner and director while recruiting a new CEO, following the departure of Justin Musgrove.

Best piece of advice you’ve ever been given? Success is not final, failure is not fatal, it is the courage to continue which counts.

Fitness4Less

Email: info@fitness4less.co.uk

www.fitness4less.co.uk

Company profi le Fitness4Less was one of the fi rst gyms off ering the low-cost gym experience and we still maintain our values, off ering a no catches, no-brainer membership. We aim to be accessible to all, with affordable prices, great workouts, fantastic facilities and a welcoming community venue.

Number of sites

Seven sites.

Plans for 2025/6

Invest in our facilities and staff while looking for new opportunities in the UK.

Fitness Park Group

www.fitnesspark.fr

Company profi le

With more than 35 years of experience and more than 1.2 million members, Fitness Park Group is the French fi tness leader with proven sustainability deployed nationally and internationally. Our mission is to support each member meet their goals and reach new levels, and for their fi tness to support them to achieve their life goals.

Number of sites

350

Plans for 2025/6

To open 80 sites this year.

CEO: Steve Bradley

Professional background

I have been involved in the fi tness industry since 1989, holding senior roles in HR, purchasing, sales and marketing, member retention and property. Have been involved with Fitness4Less and associated brands for 27 years and still living the dream. Fun fact

I used to be an international 400 metre hurdler.

President: Philippe Herbette

Professional background

I became the French bodybuilding champion and then opened by fi rst gym at the age of 21. My idea is to share my passion for fi tness and its power for self-realisation and help everyone be the best version of themselves. Fun fact...

Luck is an opportunity seized on cultivated ground. In sport, as in life, success owes much to a subtle balance between concentration, perseverance and letting go.

Foundry

Email: info@foundryfit

www.foundryfit.com

Company profi le

Foundry runs personal training sessions every hour, on the hour. Smart, eff ective training that delivers results. Strength, mobility, resilience –for life, not just the gym. Our expert coaches tailor every session to our members’ goals.

Number of sites Seven.

Plans for 2025/6

We’ll be exploring new locations, refi ning our training model, building stronger communities, championing the independent sector, investing in education and paying our success forward. Through our social enterprise initiatives we give back a percentage of profi ts to support charity projects.

MD:

Jean-Claude Vacassin

Professional background

I founded W10 in 2010, then launched the International Fitness Business Alliance to help gym owners grow and scale their businesses. I chair the Independent Operators Council. Fun fact...

In 2022, I rowed 3,000 miles across the Atlantic as part of the Talisker Whiskey Challenge, raising over £50k for the men’s mental health charity CALM.

Tel: +44 (0)20 8317 5000

www.gll.org

www.better.org.uk

Company profi le

A cooperative, charitable social enterprise operating in partnership with local authorities, public sector organisations and third sector bodies to deliver accessible and affordable services to improve the lives of local communities. Owned by its workforce, GLL operates services through its Better brand.

Number of sites

256 leisure and sports facilities, 114 libraries, 10 children’s centres.

Plans for 2025/6

Provide best in class customer service; improve health and wellbeing and opportunity through our Sport Foundation and Literary Foundation and make further progress to deliver our Five Year Plan to widen our impact.

CEO: Peter Bundey

Professional background

I have worked in the sport, leisure and cultural sector for 38 years, including 27 with GLL. I have presented industry evidence to the UK Parliamentary Select Committee at the House of Commons during sessions on the Olympic and Paralympic Games and social enterprise within the public sector. Fun fact...

I am a Fellow of The Royal Society of Arts.

Halo Leisure

Tel: +44 (0)1432 842075

Email: info@haloleisure.org.uk

www.haloleisure.org.uk

Company profi le

An award-winning social enterprise that collaborates with partners in Herefordshire, Shropshire, Wiltshire, Gloucester, Bridgend County and Merthyr Tydfil County. Our primary goal is to deliver physical activity programmes, fostering community wellbeing by actively removing the barriers to healthy lifestyles. Number of sites

30 sites.

Plans for 2025/6

Develop new partnerships with organisations which share our values and focus on our investments to enhance the provision we offer for our current partnerships. Build on our successful community engagement programmes.

CEO: Scott Rolfe

Professional background

With more than 35 years of experience in the sector, I have had the privilege of serving as CEO for Halo for the past decade. I am deeply passionate about the social enterprise model and its role in shaping our industry’s delivery. Best piece of advice you’ve ever been given Take a chance every now and then, you never know what might happen.

Holmes Place

Email: info@holmesplacebrands.com www.holmesplace.com

Company profi le

Holmes Place is a pan-European premium operator with more than 44 years in the premium, full-service segment. With a focus on the social dimension of a club, Holmes Place has been integrating nutrition and holistic approaches, such as yoga, Pilates and wellness, for decades. As a lifestyle brand, it is underpinned by the philosophy of “One Life. Live it well” and the vision of making health and fitness enjoyable. We offer an aspirational, inclusive, balanced and progressive approach to health and fitness.

Number of sites

78 clubs.

Plans for 2025/6

Continuing to reinvest in the existing portfolio with an emphasis on elevating the offering in the realm of group exercise, boutique offerings and tech-enhanced personalisation.

CEO: Jonathan Fisher

Professional background

Professional background: I entered the health and fitness sector in 1997 expanding Holmes Place into Europe. Appointed CEO of the Holmes Place Group in 2007, I presided over a period of growth mainly through acquisition and the introduction of additional brands - EVO Europe in 2015, !CON in 2016 and TRIB3 in 2019. I assumed the role of CEO of Tribute Brands in 2024 with the launch of PILAT3S.

Horizon Leisure

Tel: +44 (0)2392 476026

Email: info@horizonlc.com

www.horizonlc.com

Company profi le

Horizon Leisure Centres is an award-winning, notfor-profi t organisation, operating both Havant and Waterlooville Leisure Centres on behalf of Havant Borough Council. In 2023, we opened Horizon Guildford, the group’s fi rst standalone site. We are dedicated to bringing health and wellbeing to the community we serve and launched a fi rst of its kind Wellness Hub in a Havant shopping centre in 2023.

Number of sites

Four sites.

Plans for 2025/6

Waterlooville Leisure Centre will receive a £2.5 million refurbishment, overhauling the facility.

Impulse Leisure

Tel: +44 (0)7786 733328

Email: khayes@impulseleisure.co.uk

www.impulseleisure.co.uk

CEO: Mike Lyons

Professional background

I have extensive experience in senior leadership roles across the leisure, culture, hospitality and adult social care sectors. This has included director roles at BH Live and Wigan Leisure and Culture Trust and, more recently, managing director at the Affordable Housing and Healthcare Group. Fun fact...

I taught a mean step aerobics class in the 90s. But that’s another story...

Company profi le

Impulse Leisure is a charitable trust which has been dedicated to enhancing community health and wellbeing for 25 years. We foster a supportive and engaging environment, with the aim of promoting active lifestyles and improving the overall quality of life for the communities we serve. Our focus on community engagement and health promotion sets us apart as a leader in the leisure industry. Number of sites

Four leisure facilities, an entertainment venue and an 18 hole golf course and pitches in Essex. Plans for 2025/6 Provide outstanding service while growing our business.

MD: Karl Hayes

Professional background

I have 35 years’ experience in the leisure sector, starting as a lifeguard then broadening my career experience across entertainment, catering and marketing, delivering at every level before becoming the MD of Impulse Leisure. Best piece of advice you’ve ever been given Don’t take it personally, it’s just business. Best piece of advice you’ve ever been given I became a Chartered Fellow of CIMPSA this year.

Invercylde Leisure

www.inverclydeleisure.com

Company profi le

A registered charity in the west of Scotland, we work closely with the Council to deliver a range of services focused on leisure, sport, activity, community and health for the local community. We manage swimming pools, gyms, sports centres, golf, family activity centres, football pitches and community halls. Number of sites 26.

Plans for 2025/6

To develop and improve programmes, facilities and services, with two new projects planned and several site-specifi c growth plans. The company also aims to further develop customer experience creating more personalised journeys for our customers and develop our employees to be the best they can be.

MD: Kieron Vango

Professional background

I started my career in the leisure industry in 1988 working for a local authority, before moving to Australia and working for the RLSS. I spent 13 years at Stevenage Leisure gaining extensive contract management experience and joined Inverclyde Leisure in 2013.

Fun fact...

I’m a keen surfer.

JD Gyms

Tel: +44 (0)1942 914914

www.jdgyms.co.uk

Company profi le

JD Gyms operates vibrant, exciting and high-volume gyms in most major towns and cities across the UK. Our award-winning formula is centred around premium equipment provision and innovation. We are always striving for impeccable standards and raising the bar through cutting edge interior design.

Number of sites

100 group-wide, plus more than 10 committed for 2025.

Plans for 2025/6

Continue to grow the estate through further acquisitions and our organic pipeline.

Professional Background

My career in the industry has spanned over 20 years with JJB Health Clubs/ DW Sports Fitness, progressing to national operations director. I founded my own gym chain, before being head-hunted in 2013 to form JD Gyms. Best piece of advice you’ve ever been given There’s never enough time to do everything, but always enough time to do the most important thing.

Fun fact...

I’m a former professional Rugby Union player and represented England in the under 21s.

JD GYMS

Jetts Fitness

Email: elaine.jobson@jetts.com.au

www.jetts.com.au

Company profi le

Jetts 24-Hour Fitness was the fi rst 24/7 gym franchise in Australia, off ering no lock-in contracts, no hidden fees and access to all Jetts gyms worldwide. We have built a reputation for convenience, affordability, and high-quality training environments. Number of sites 250 globally.

Plans for 2025/6

Expand to new territories, we are actively seeking master franchise partners in the Middle East, Southeast Asia and the Americas.

LifeFit Group

www.lifefit-group.com

Company profi le LifeFit Group is a leading fi tness and health platform in Germany that unites several brands under one roof. We are committed to inspiring and supporting our customers to live their best lives through personal, fun, and focused health and fi tness experiences. Brands include Fitness First Red and Fitness First Black, Barry’s, Club Pilates and YogaSix. Number of sites 210+ sites in Germany.

Plans for 2025/6

Further growth through buy-and-build strategy, exploring the opportunity to expand into neighbouring countries.

CEO: Elaine Jobson

Professional background

With 30 years’ experience in the industry I have scaled brands for Jetts Fitness, Virgin Active and Fitness First. Under my leadership, Jetts has won numerous awards including AusActive Most Loved Company Award and one of Australia’s Best Places to Work. Fun fact...

CEO: Martin Seibold

Professional background

The leadership team of Christophe Collinet, Johannes Maßen and myself is pursuing a buy and build strategy. We have successfully repositioned the Fitness First brand in Germany by investing in people, simplifying processes, modernising the fi tness product and renovating clubs.

Inspired by my husband’s kombucha habit, I now brew my own. The savings could fund a new gym!

Lifestyle Fitness

Tel: +44 (0)1325 529800

www.lifestylefitness.co.uk

Company profile

With almost 40 years’ experience, Lifestyle Fitness has become a leading developer of sports and fitness facilities, predominantly specialising within the education sector. We offer a highquality fit-out, best in class member experience and flexible commercial partnership.

Number of sites

24 sites.

Plans for 2025/6

To invest in our people, carry out club enhancements and grow our new opportunities with several already in the pipeline for the coming year.

MD: James Lawrence

Professional background

Following a first in Economics & Banking, I founded two start-up businesses within the leisure sector. I have more than 10 years’ experience in the health and fitness sector and became MD for Lifestyle Fitness in 2019. Best piece of advice you’ve ever been given Customers will never love a company until the employees love it first. Fun fact...

I nearly moved to Spain to become a chef.

Life Leisure

www.lifeleisure.net

Company profile

A Community Interest Company working across the Borough of Stockport, we exist to improve the lives of others. We work collaboratively with different agencies and stakeholders to develop a healthier and more active community, predominantly focusing on the least active.

Number of sites

Eight sites.

Plans for 2025/6

We will continue to embed our work in the place-based neighbourhood approach alongside our partners and plan to invest £1 million in enhancing our community hubs.

CEO: John Oxley

Professional background

I’ve enjoyed 35 years in the leisure management sector, having served my apprenticeship as a lifeguard, instructor and duty manager. Since then I’ve held senior roles at SLM, Action Nation and Places Leisure. I’ve been a director and board member at UK Active, Quest and am a fellow of CIMSPA.

Best piece of advice I’ve ever received... It’s not necessary to know all the answers, just essential to ask the right questions.

Lift Brands

Tel: +44 (0)208 164 2400

Email: info@snapfitness.co.uk

www.snapfitness.com.uk

Company profile

Lift Brands owns Snap Fitness, which helps people create positive lifestyle habits that make them feel fantastic. Founded in 2003, our 24/7 fitness concept offers the most inclusive, empathetic and supportive experience, regardless of level. We make fitting in fitness simple with a welcoming atmosphere, easy-to-use equipment, the latest technology and clear guidance.

Number of sites

100 in the UK and more than 1,000 globally.

Plans for 2025/6

Become a standout choice for consumers by continuing to invest in our member experience, fitness programming and technology. Grow our global footprint with a consistent pipeline of new openings.

CEO: Ty Menzies

Professional background

From my early 20s I was a multiunit boutique and 24/7 gym owner and a prior board member of both Fitness Australia and Exercise New Zealand.

I was Snap Fitness AU/NZ CEO master franchisor, selling the business to Lift Brands and becoming APAC CEO in April 2018 before becoming Lift Brands global CEO in March 2020.

Fun fact...

I was a Victorian Institute of Sport golfer at the age of 16.

Mosaic Spa & Health Clubs

Tel: +44 (0)1603 812 727

www.mosaicgroup.co.uk

Company profile

Founded in 1987, Mosaic has operated health clubs and day spas across the hospitality, academic and corporate sector. Since 2011, Mosaic has built its own freehold clubs. After the sale of The Shrewsbury Club in 2024 to David Lloyd, Mosaic owns two health clubs and day spas –Riverhills in Ipswich, Suffolk and Holmer Park in Hereford.

Number of sites

Eight management contract and two owned sites.

Plans for 2025/6

We will fully reopen our Riverhills club after a major fire, so will be rebuilding that business while looking for strategic development opportunities to further grow our owned sites.

MD: Dave Courteen

Professional background

Set up Mosaic with co-founder, Steve Taylor, straight from university.

Currently on the main board of UK Active and chair of the Members Council. I am also a trustee and chair of three other organisations in the health club and sporting sector.

Fun fact...

I started Pilates in 2024 to sort out a regularly recurring back problem and I can now touch my toes again for the first time in over three decades!

Mrs Sporty

www.mrssporty.com

Company profi le

Mrs.Sporty is a franchise operating smaller communitylocated health and fitness clubs for women of all ages and fitness levels. This unique and women-centered solution for health, fitness, nutrition and regeneration has revolutionised fitness and nutritional coaching. Its club business is assisted by technologies such as Pixformance. Number of sites 170+ clubs in six countries. Plans for 2025/6

Opening new franchise-owned and operated clubs. Combining hyper-personalised workouts with group training at our clubs. Further development of our hybrid model with online training and live classes.

CEO: Niclas Bönström

Professional background

I worked at Coca-Cola Sweden, SATS Europe and 24 Hour Fitness, before becoming the CEO and co-founder of Mrs.Sporty. In Germany and Austria, Mrs.Sporty is the market leader in its segment. The company strives towards extending that market leadership in Germany and Austria, while extending its presence to become the market leader in all markets where it is present. Best piece of advice you’ve ever been given Good things don’t grow by themselves.

Mytime Active

Tel: +44(0)20 8323 1777

www.mytimeactive.co.uk

Company profi le

At Mytime Active we are on a mission to improve the wellbeing of the community we work in through four pathways: be active, eat well, be positive and be together. We understand our customers and make it easy for them to access a range of activities from gyms, to golf and swimming, weight management and soft play in our vibrant, inclusive and social spaces. Number of sites

17 leisure centres and golf courses.

Plans for 2025/6

To grow our impact on the wellbeing of our communities through #MissionWellbeing, improve our employee engagement and maintain our fi nancial stewardship.

CEO: Steve May

Professional background

With more than 20 years in the leisure, health and community sectors, I’m passionate about making wellness accessible to all. As managing director of Mytime Active, I am focused on delivering operational excellence, driving community impact and championing innovative health initiatives. Fun fact

I have three children and they all ski better then me, even the seven year old!

Nuffield Health

Tel: +44 (0)20 8329 6200

www.nuffieldhealth.com

Company profile

For more than 65 years, Nuffield Health has been a notfor-profit organisation dedicated to building a healthier nation. We provide high quality hospital care and fitness support, and champion free health and wellbeing programmes in local communities, including those living with joint pain and the effects of cancer and its treatment, helping people to understand and improve their health. Number of sites

37 hospitals, 110 fitness and wellbeing centres, workplace wellbeing services, as well as medical centres and a research and development facility. Plans for 2025/6

To continue to build a healthier nation.

CEO: Alex Perry

Professional background

I joined Nuffield Health as CEO in September 2024. Prior to this I’ve held senior leadership roles within the healthcare sector, including eight years as CEO of Bupa UK Insurance – the UK’s largest health insurer. There I oversaw record growth in customer numbers and a significant increase in market share, along with the full digital transformation of its service and support offering. Before joining Bupa, I held senior roles at Marakon Associates, a strategic advisory firm, and First Choice Holidays.

Oldham Active

Tel: +44(0)161 207 7000

Email: info@ocll.co.uk

https://oclactive.co.uk

Company profile

Oldham Active (Oldham Community Leisure Trust) is a community-focused, not-for-profit charitable leisure operator dedicated to promoting health and wellbeing through a variety of leisure and fitness activities. With state-of-the-art gyms, pools and dedicated spaces for activities like indoor cycling and exercise classes, Oldham Active provides a comprehensive range of services to meet the community’s diverse needs.

Plans for 2025/6

Refurbishment of two gym spaces, implementation of a centralised HR and people management system to streamline key personnel functions and enhance talent management decisions.

MD: Stuart Lockwood

Professional background

For more than 30 years I have worked for private sector, councils and leisure trust operators across the North of England. I am also a director of GM Active and a former chair of Community Leisure UK. Fun fact...

I ran in the 2018 Berlin Marathon when Eliud Kipchoge set his world record.

Parkwood Leisure

Tel: +44 (0)1905 388500

www.leisurecentre.com

www.parkwoodleisure.co.uk

Company profi le Parkwood Leisure is a family-owned business forging partnerships that focus on quality, innovation, transparency and environmental consciousness, backed by nearly 30 years of experience. Our mission is to create strong partnerships with local authorities to encourage happier and healthier lifestyles among local communities.

Number of sites

More than 75 sites, including six golf courses, four theatres, visitor attractions, country parks and outdoor activity centres. Plans for 2025/6

Addressing health inequality in our local communities and enhancing social value through partnerships while prioritising environmental responsibility.

MD: Glen Hall

Professional background

I’ve dedicated my entire working career to leisure management and for the last 25 years have helped grow Parkwood Leisure from fi ve sites – when I fi rst joined – to more than 90. I’ve been a board director since 2006 and now lead a dedicated team of like-minded leisure professionals. Best piece of advice you’ve ever been given Ensure attention to detail and never be afraid to make diffi cult decisions.

Places Leisure

Tel: +44 (0)1276 418200

Email: enquiries@pfpleisure.org

www.placesleisure.org

Company profi le

Places Leisure is part of Places for People, one of the UK’s leading social enterprises. We are a leisure and wellness partner, passionate about healthy communities.

Number of sites

More than 100 leisure centres and gyms. Plans for 2025/6

Over the next 12 months, we will continue to collaborate with our partners to promote physical activity, address health inequalities in our communities, and work to enhance the quality of life for our customers in a meaningful way.

CEO: Belinda Steward

Professional background

I joined Places Leisure in 2024, having previously worked in hospitality and customer-focused service delivery organisations, including Greene King, Amba Hotels and Wyndham Hotel Group. I enjoy uniting people and believe in inspiring a service culture that puts customers at its heart. Fun fact...

I have a passion for singing and am a member of a choir.

Plymouth Active

Email: Lifecentre.info@plymouthactive.co.uk

www.plymouthactive.co.uk

Company profi le

Established in 2022, Plymouth Active Leisure is owned by Plymouth City Council and manages several key facilities, including the Plymouth Life Centre – a stateof-the-art sports and leisure facility, featuring an Olympic-sized swimming pool and the Egym strength circuit – which has more than 1.5 million annual visits. Number of sites

Four.

Plans for 2025/6

Expand and broaden the reach of the new Active Health programme; upskill staff especially in GP referrals, health coaching and social prescribing. Use digital platforms to engage younger people. A £4m redevelopment of Tinside Lido to create an event space.

CEO: Rhys Jones

Professional background

I started my career with Club Indigo as a fi tness instructor in Cwmbran, South Wales before moving to Esporta, JJB Fitness Clubs and DW Sports and then into the public sector working for Everyone Active and GLL before making the move to Plymouth Active in 2023. Fun fact...

I’ve completed three London Marathons, despite spectacularly ‘hitting the wall’ in my fi rst attempt!

Pulse Fitness

www.pulsefit.bg

Company profi le

Pulse is the largest chain of lifestyle clubs in Bulgaria, with 12 consecutive annual awards for the best fi tness club. With 24 modern locations and tens of thousands of club members, Pulse off ers comprehensive fi tness and wellness services. Members have access to specialised cardio and strength zones, spa facilities, group activities, and personal training sessions

Number of sites

21 clubs across Bulgaria and three franchised clubs. Plans for 2025/6

Open more locations across Bulgaria; implement higher standards of customer care; attract and retain more members with unique off ers and an improved fi tness journey and elevate the marketing.

MD: Marina Gencheva

Professional background

With more than 15 years of senior management experience, I entered the fi tness industry 10 years ago as operational manager at Pulse Fitness, which had only two locations. As managing director, I have successfully led the brand’s expansion, strengthening its market leadership in Bulgaria and driving growth across multiple locations.

Pure Gym

Tel: +44 (0)113 831 3333

Email: info@puregym.com

www.puregym.com

Company profile

Founded in 2009, PureGym is the largest gym operator in the UK and the second largest in Europe, with sites across Switzerland, Denmark, the US and Middle East. The business provides low-cost, high-quality fitness facilities for more than two million members worldwide. Number of sites

679+ sites

Plans for 2025/6

Currently opening more than one gym a week, the pipeline is strong for 2025 and into 2026. We are looking at opening more than 70 new gyms this year – more than 50 in the UK and 10 to 12 in Switzerland, as well as integrating the recently acquired Blink Fitness gyms into our US estate.

CEO: Clive Chesser

Professional background

I have over 30 years experience in the leisure and hospitality sectors, with extensive management and franchise experience globally. Prior to joining PureGym in November 2024, I was group CEO of Punch Pubs & Co and before that held senior positions at Greene King, Ei Group and Haagen-Dazs. Fun fact

RSG Group

Tel: +49 30 2100 350

www.rsggroup.com

Having cycled from Nairobi into the Masai Mara last year I’m running a marathon in Cape Town in October.

Company profile

Founded in 1997 by Rainer Schaller, RSG Group is still owner operated. It has 10,000 employees, including franchisees, and more than 4.5 million customers. With a focus on fitness, health and lifestyle, the portfolio comprises 11 innovative brands, including Gold’s Gym and its franchise studios, McFit and the John Reed club family. The world’s first concept fitness club, Heimat in Los Angeles, is also part of the group.

Number of sites: Around 900 sites in 30 countries. Plans for 2025/6

Expansion is being driven forward in all fitness studio brands and further development of the McFit brand, which is in the process of being relaunched.

CEOs:

Hagen Wingertszahn, Dr Jobst Müller-Trimbusch and Gerd Schaller

Professional background

Since the death of Rainer Schaller, founder of the RSG Group, in 2022, the company has remained in family ownership. Since then, Wingertszahn and MüllerTrimbusch have been responsible for the management of the company as a dual leadership team. Last December Rainer’s brother, Gerd, joined the team as the third CEO, responsible for human resources and brand strategy.

Sandwell Leisure Trust

Email: mark.braithwaite@slt-leisure.co.uk

www.slt-leisure.co.uk

Company profile

Sandwell Leisure Trust is a not-for-profit charity, providing leisure services across Sandwell, including the world class Sandwell Aquatics Centre, which hosted aquatic events at the Commonwealth Games in 2022. Number of sites

Eight.

Plans for 2025/6

Rollout of a new leisure management System and delivering our digital strategy, which will ensure a more seamless customer journey. The trust will be opening three padel courts at Tipton Sports Academy along with a centre redevelopment. A HIIT studio concept is also being designed and will go live over the summer.

SATS

www.satsgroup.com

MD: Mark Braithwaite

Professional background

After starting my career in Cannons and Nuffield Health, I worked in various senior roles, before moving into the public leisure sector and working in regional and divisional business manager roles. Previous to Sandwell, I was MD at 1Life. Fun fact..

I started playing padel last year and would happily play every day were it not for life getting in the way!

Company profile

We are the leading provider of fitness and training services in the Nordics, with 9,500 employees and more than 700,000 members. We offer cutting-edge studio facilities for individual training, group training with superior programming and highly qualified personal trainers for specialised training and individual coaching. We also have a strong focus on supporting our members through online training and digital tools.

Number of sites

276 sites across the following brands: SATS, Elixia, Fresh Fitness, SATS Yoga, SATS Online.

Plans for 2025/6

To make even more people healthier and happier!

CEO: Sondre Gravir

Professional background

I’ve been CEO of SATS since 2018, before which I was the CEO of a multinational online marketplace company headquartered in Barcelona, CEO of several Norwegian newspapers and a management consultant at McKinsey.

Serco Leisure

Tel: +44 (0)116 240 7500

Email: leisuregenenquiries@serco.com

www.serco.com

Company profi le Serco Leisure provides leisure services on behalf of community leisure trusts, local authorities and elite national sports centres for Sport England, including Bisham Abbey and Lilleshall.

Number of sites

54 sites.

Plans for 2025/6

We will continue working closely with our partners to support their overarching health and wellbeing strategies; while remaining focused on the promise we make to all the people who benefi t from the services we provide, which is to help our customers make more of everyday.

Sodexo (Healthworks)

Tel: +44 (0)207 4040110

Email: alan.west@sodexo.com

www.sodexo.com

MD: Simon Lane

Professional background

I’ve worked in the sport and leisure sector for more than 25 years, including in senior roles at Merlin Entertainment and Crown Golf, before joining Serco Leisure in May 2021. Best piece of advice you’ve ever been given Listen to the people on the frontline of your business and fi nd ways to get unfi ltered feedback from them on what aff ects their ability to deliver a quality customer experience, use it to make impactful, strategic decisions.

Company profi le Sodexo provides a diverse range of services to business and public sector clients. Our solutions include food and catering, facilities management, property and technical services and benefits and rewards. These improve the quality of life for those we serve. Within our divisions, we provide health and wellbeing solutions, from the gym to virtual solutions alongside health and wellbeing services.

Number of sites

40 sites in the UK and Ireland.

Plans for 2025/6

Improve the health and wellbeing of all those we serve by providing innovative solutions and improving quality of life.

Head of Health & Wellbeing UK&I: Alan West

Professional background

Started out as a fi tness instructor for Savoy Group, and left in 1997 as operations manager. Helped launch and operate two award-winning destination spas for private hotel chains, before joining Sodexo in 2002. Best piece of advice you’ve ever been given Surround yourself with dynamic inspirational individuals and make sure you listen to their ideas. Fun fact...

I have not eaten meat since I was 18 years old.

South Downs Leisure

Tel: +44 (0)1903 905050

Email: duncan.anderson@southdownsleisure.co.uk

www.southdownsleisure.co.uk

Company profile

South Downs Leisure is a registered charity, employing more than 400 staff, which has a mission to get more people more active more often, while maintaining local leisure facilities to a high standard and driving down our carbon footprint. To achieve this, we focus on the triple bottom line of people, planet, profit. Number of sites

Nine locations, including Worthing and Splashpoint Leisure Centres and the new Sea Lanes lido in Brighton. Plans for 2025/6

We want to continue with our push to reduce our impact on the environment, while looking at potential new opportunities for growth.

MD: Duncan Anderson

Professional background

I began my career in 1989 as a lifeguard at Bitterne Leisure Centre. Had a scholarship to Malaysia in 2000 and was the founder CEO of South Downs Leisure in 2015, taking on new contracts after the pandemic and opening Sea Lanes in Brighton. Best piece of advice you’ve ever been given Build a strong team around you and look after them. Fun fact...

Sporty Group

Email: hei@sporty.no www.sporty.no

I turned on the Christmas lights in Southampton dressed as Postman Pat, my mum was so proud.

Company profile

Sporty was created by the recent merger of Treningshelse Holding’s gym brands – Family Sports Club, Aktiv Trening, Aktiv365 and Sporty24. It is one of Norway’s largest and most dynamic fitness chains, owned and operated by Treningshelse Holding. With fitness centres across the country and more than 115,000 members, we provide a complete and inclusive fitness experience for people of all ages and fitness levels. Sporty is committed to promoting public health. Our mission is to make fitness accessible and engaging for all, fostering healthier lifestyles across communities. Number of sites 80.

Plans for 2025/6

We’re looking for growth opportunities to expand our reach and improve our offering, while seeking to participate in the consolidation of the health and fitness market.

CEO: Trygve Hagen

Professional background

My background is in sports as an athlete and coach. I’ve combined this with my management experience from commercial businesses to build robust, dynamic, and profitable organisations with high ambitions and a positive 3F performance culture (expectations, focus, and feedback).

Synergym

www.synergym.es

Company profi le

Founded in 2013, Synergym is one of the leading operators of fi tness centres in Spain and has achieved the highest organic growth of any fi tness chain in the Spanish market. It is known for its smartprice model that combines affordable rates with no commitment, modern design and advanced technology and equipment. Through its Fit Together philosophy, the company seeks to democratise access to fi tness and promote an active, healthy lifestyle. Number of sites 130.

Plans for 2025/6

The company’s goal is to open 160 clubs in Spain by the end of 2025 and reach 200 clubs by the end of 2026.

MD: Jordi Bella

Professional background

I started my professional career at PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC) before founding a fashion retail business. In 2018, I joined Synergym as managing director, and have grown the company from 10 gyms to 130 and counting. Fun fact...

I have completed two Ironman races –Frankfurt (2017) and Barcelona (2022).

Tees Active

Tel: +44 (0)1642 527 322

Email: leon.jones@teesactive.co.uk

www.teesactive.co.uk

Company profi le

A social enterprise formed in 2004 and operating in Stockton-on-Tees. We focus on service quality, increasing participation, expanding our business, community engagement and intervention services. Clients include local authorities, private/public sector organisations and the Canal and Rivers Trust.

Number of sites

Six sites.

Plans for 2025/6

We’re working on plans to develop new and expanding existing facilities to enhance the service we provide for the local community.

MD: Leon Jones

Professional background

With a passion for sport, I graduated in business and marketing before gaining 20 years’ leisure experience in commercial and marketing roles. I’ve developed a career in private health clubs, within local authorities and leisure trusts, joining Tees Active in 2010 and becoming MD in early 2018. Best piece of advice you’ve ever been given Hard work beats talent when talent doesn’t work, so apply yourself 100 per cent to everything you do.

Fun fact...

My fi rst graduate job was as a stone picker.

Third Space

Tel: +44 (0)20 7970 0900

www.thirdspace.london

Company profi le

First opened in 2001 in Soho, Third Space is a groundbreaking group of unique spaces dedicated to training for life, seeing true health as diverse, individual and longterm. We combine world-class facilities and expertise with a bespoke approach, catering for every health and fi tness need – training, medical, recovery and nutrition. Number of sites 13 sites.

Plans for 2025/6

Continued expansion with several new London clubs in the pipeline.

CEO: Colin Waggett

Professional background

I have more than 20 years’ experience in the health and fi tness industry having been the global CEO of Fitness First, as well as co-founder of Psycle, a boutique gym with a focus on indoor cycling in central London.

Third Space aims to serve the fi tness-savvy Londoner who appreciates the very best quality in service. Best piece of advice you’ve ever been given Focus on what you can change.

Topnotch Health Clubs

Email: info@topnotchgyms.co.uk

www. topnotchgyms.co.uk

Company profi le

Topnotch Gyms is a mid-market boutique brand which provides a fresh and urban feel. The fl agship Soho club opened in January 2023 and the business is set to expand in the coming years. The ethos is about providing balance and a place for members to achieve training goals, as well as relax and unwind. Number of sites

Two sites.

Plans for 2025/6

To expand the business within the UK.

MD: Stuart Rosenberg

Professional background

With fi tness being part of my DNA, I started in the fi tness industry as a graduate trainee in 2001. Since then, I have held senior roles with diff erent operators. and launched Topnotch Gyms in 2022, it’s an exciting challenge to progress and expand the brand. Fun fact...

I nearly became a professional boxer.

Tribute Brands

Email: +34 630 177 183

www.tribute-brands.com

Company profile

Tribute Brands is an early-stage portfolio of boutique fitness and wellness brands curated for scalability through franchising best practices and tech-enhanced platforms. Housing two brands – PILAT3S (dynamic reformer Pilates) and TRIB3 (a highly inclusive HIIT concept) –

Tribute Brands specialises in licensing its concepts to fitness operators with its “boutique-in-gym” (B.I.G.) model as well as the traditional standalone franchise.

Number of sites

35 studios in eight countries.

Plans for 2025/6

Grow portfolio to 60 studios in the core European markets.

CEO: Jonathan Fisher

Professional background

Professional background: With three decades of experience in the health and fitness industry, presiding over the opening and acquisition of 100+ clubs across 10 countries and multiple brands - Holmes Place, EVO !CON and TRIB3 - I assumed the role of CEO at Tribute Brands in 2024 with the launch of PILAT3S. Best piece of advice...

The Gym Group

Email: hello@thegymgroup.com

www.thegymgroup.com

Never neglect your health for any other advantage in life.

Company profile

The Gym Group was a pioneer of the 24/7 high value, low-cost model in the UK, with a founding mission to break down barriers to fitness by offering flexible and affordable gym memberships. We offer great value, high quality kit and friendly, expert teams. A sector leader in sustainability, The Gym Group is the world’s first gym operator to have its science-based, net-zero emission reduction targets validated by the Science Based Targets initiative. Number of sites 245 sites.

Plans for 2025/6

Continue to progress Next Chapter strategy growth plan and open around 50 gyms in the coming three years.

CEO: Will Orr

Professional background

I have extensive managing director experience at companies including Times Media Limited, the RAC and British Gas. Having joined The Gym Group in 2023, I have developed the Next Chapter strategy to grow the business. Best piece of advice you’re received...

Lots of people are good at starting things. Be good at finishing them too.

Total Fitness

www.totalfitness.co.uk

Company profi le

Middle-market leader with 16 clubs across the North of England and Wales. Total Fitness champions lifelong fi tness, believing that variety brings richness to life. The health clubs off er extensive gym fl oors, studios, pools and recovery facilities. We launched the fi rst Women’s Gym in 2024. Number of sites: 16 sites.

Plans for 2025/6

Ongoing release of additional products and services in the core superscale format, continued rollout of The Women’s Gym and a new format coming soon.

CEO: Sophie Lawler

Professional background

Twenty five years’ of industry experience, CEO for 7 years, formerly group strategy programme director for Fitness First internationally. Public speaker and leadership coach; winner of multiple awards including National Businesswoman of the Year 2019; Role Model for Diversity and Inclusion (WiHTL) 2022; Winner European Brand Management Awards 2023; Winner Next Generation Initiative - UK Company Culture Awards 2023; Top 50 Inspiring Workplaces 2024. Best piece of advice you’ve ever been given Do the work, earn the choices.

Urban Gym Group

www.urbangymgroup.com

Company profi le

Urban Gym Group operates leading fitness brands in the Netherlands and the UK, including TrainMore, Gymbox and Clubsportive. We are renowned for establishing gyms in inspiring locations and offering cutting-edge strength-training equipment, red light therapy, cold plunges, and more. Renessence is dedicated to self-care and BTY CLB delivers high-energy workouts in a club-like setting. UGG also runs TRIB3 and PILAT3S franchises. Number of sites

50+ in London, Amsterdam, The Hague and more Plans for 2025/6

Continued growth across the Netherlands through acquisition and building new clubs. Optimising our vitality and wellbeing off erings and developing talent.

CEO: Neil Randall

Professional background

Prior to joining Urban Gym Group in 2022, my career in the fitness and wellbeing sector spanned operations, sales, marketing and business management. I started out as a professional cricketer, before becoming a personal trainer, then regional director of Virgin Active, LA Fitness and Go Mammoth, before becoming COO and CEO for Anytime Fitness UK. Best piece of advice you’ve ever been given Nurture your team – strong teams build a great business.

VivaGym Group

Email: info@vivagym.com

www.vivagym.es

Company profi le

Founded in April 2011, Bridges Fund Management acquired a majority stake in the company four years later. In 2018, VivaGym consolidated its position as a leader in the low-cost market in the Iberian Peninsula, with the acquisition of the Fitness Hut chain, in Portugal. In 2024, Providence Equity Partners acquired VivaGym Group.

Number of sites

231 gyms.

Plans for 2025/6

Continue with our expansion plan and the integration of the acquisitions.

CEO: Juan del Rio

Professional background

I joined VivaGym in 2016, which brought me back home to Spain after 30 years away. My career has taken me to Colombia where I was CEO of Telepizza, before joining BodyTech – the largest fi tness chain in Chile, Peru and Columbia – as CEO. I considered moving into academia, but then the off er of VivaGym arrived.

Fun fact...

I am a one handicap golfer.

Xtreme Fitness Gyms

Email: office@xtremefitness.pl

Tel: +48 882 477 531

www.xtremefitness.pl

www.franczyzafitness.pl

Company profi le Xtreme Fitness Gyms is the fastest-growing fi tness franchise in Poland, off ering state-of-the-art training spaces for everyone. We focus on accessibility, innovation, and community-building, inspiring people to embrace an active lifestyle.

Number of sites

110 across Poland.

Plans for 2025/6

This year, we are committed to further dynamic growth and business scaling. Our ambitious expansion plans include the addition of 65 new locations across Poland – 4 with Xtreme Kids and we are planning international expansion.

Founder and chair: Łukasz Dojka

Professional background

I have more than 20 years of experience in the fi tness industry, with top companies in the US and UK. In 2012, I moved back to Poland and launched Xtreme Fitness Gyms, which has become one of the largest chains in Poland and one of the fastest-growing in Europe.

Fun fact...

Five times a week I take a cold plunge in the morning.

COMPANY PROFILES

Absolute Performance

Unit 19 Waterside Business Park, Lamby Way, Cardiff, CF3 2ET, Wales

Tel: 02920 362 664

Email: info@aperformance.co.uk

LinkedIn: www.linkedin.com/absoluteperformance

Facebook: www.facebook.com/Aperformanceltd

Instagram: www.instagram.com/aperformanceltd/ TikTok: www.tiktok.com/@aperformanceuk www.aperformance.co.uk

About us

Established in 2008, Absolute Performance is one of the UK’s leading gym design and installation companies and suppliers of high-performance strength and conditioning equipment.

We design and install world-class gyms for commercial, educational, elite sports, military, blue light and private clients. Our expertise, coupled with our commitment to delivering exceptional customer service, has made us a trusted partner for Team GB since the 2016 Rio de Janeiro Olympics, as well as Premier League football clubs and international sports teams.

Product range and services

Whether you’re an experienced gym manager, S&C coach, performance director or have aspirations to create a home training space, we will guide you through the process from specifi cation to installation.

We follow a fi ve-step plan of action for every project, working with customers to achieve their goals:

1. Consult - We talk to you about the people who will be using your facility, the type of training they love, your budget, your expectations and your long-term plans.

Ask us questions, test our knowledge, it’s the way we start every project.

2. Advise - We’ll recommend the right equipment, whether it’s heavy-duty and functional, or kit that scientifi cally tests and measures performance. We’ll show you a look and feel for your space and the fl ow of equipment to really inspire users and unite squads.

3. Design - Our designs incorporate every aspect of the space, making the very best use of the area. We’ll create the ideal place for users with individual and team goals to train side by side. You’ll get to experience the look and feel of your facility via a 3D walk-through that will bring your vision to life.

4. Install - Our installation team will be involved in your project from beginning to end, so they’ll know exactly what the end result will be. From laying the fl oor, to positioning the equipment, every aspect will be handled by professionals.

5. Support - Becoming an AP customer means you’re part of our family and we’ll support you before, during and after your project. If you need advice on a piece of equipment or how to further develop your facility we’re on hand to give honest, expert support.

Key customers

We support a variety of customers across the UK and further afi eld in several sectors.

Future plans

2025 is an exciting year for AP with some new partnerships, products and projects to be announced over the next 12 months. Our product range continues to grow and evolve, our work with KingsBox has brought some of Europe’s best racks and rigs to the UK market. This highperforming range is innovative, functional, durable and all within a price range that is highly competitive. We continue to hold offi cial UK distributor status for Werksan and Legend, UK distributors for PowerBlock and are UK and EU distributors for DC Blocks®. We also provide UKSCA-accredited S&C Diploma courses for personal trainers through our partnership with Athlete Academy.

Key personnel

■ Tony Buchanan , owner

■ Sian Buchanan , owner

■ Harry Tafota-Nash , managing director

■ James Wilkins , business development

- Midlands, SW & Wales

Tony Buchanan, owner

ARE YOU A TRAINING PROVIDER OR AN EMPLOYER LOOKING TO BECOME APPROVED TO DELIVER QUALIFICATIONS?

Active IQ

Q6 Quorum Park, Benton Lane, Newcastle upon Tyne, NE12 8BT UK

Tel: +44 (0)1480 467950

Email: businessdevelopment@activeiq.co.uk

X: @Active__IQ

LinkedIn: Active IQ

www.activeiq.co.uk

About us

The UK’s leading Ofqual-recognised awarding organisation for the physical activity sector, we offer over 100 accredited qualifications in a variety of disciplines from Entry-Level to Level 5. Within the apprenticeship sector, we offer End-point Assessment, with NCFE being the EPAO, across the leisure, education, facilities management and community sectors. Our experienced assessors and knowledgeable apprenticeship team support apprentices, employers and training delivery teams to achieve the best outcomes. In 2022, we were acquired by NCFE, a move that presents significant opportunities to continue our growth and reach.

Product range and services

As well as offering qualifications across the physical activity sector, business and administration, customer service and functional skills, we offer a highly diverse portfolio of additional products and services including:

■ LMS Platform – providing comprehensive support to approved centres, with access to interactive educational webinars, CPD and resources in a variety of subjects.

■ Professional Career Development

– to qualify as a tutor, assessor or internal verifier and gain understanding of external quality assurance

■ Professional Recognition – a ‘kitemark’ which encourages training centres to reach high standards

■ End-point Assessment – we offer these services for over 22 apprenticeship standards, through NCFE being the EPAO.

■ International Programmes of Study – we offer a growing portfolio of International Programmes of Study including Fitness Assistant, Personal Training and Fitness Instructing. Content and delivery methods are tailored to ensure the programme is fit for purpose in each region.

We also support a range of learning development initiatives, awards and events from the UK Active Awards, Evolve, Elevate, Beyond Activ and Dubai Active.

Key customers

We work with over 500 approved centres in the UK and globally, including private training providers, employers, leisure service providers, universities, colleges, schools, nursery settings, prisons, young offender institutes and international centres.

Future plans

Active IQ has been actively engaging with employers over the past 18 months to develop new and updated qualifications for the upcoming year. We are tremendously excited to launch these, which include innovative assessments and digitally advanced content. Furthermore, Active IQ is continuing its expansion in international markets, with a particular focus on Saudi Arabia following our success as growing market leaders in the UAE. We will maintain our presence at leading industry events both in the UK and overseas to connect and engage with key stakeholders and to discuss quality education for the active leisure and wellness sector.

Key personnel

■ Jenny Patrickson , Managing Director

■ Lisa Skelton , Head of Business Development

Art of Cryo

A division of L&R Kältetechnik GmbH & Co.KG

Hachener Straße 90a-c, Sundern - Hachen, 59846, Germany

Tel: +49 2935 9652 0

Email: contact@artofcryo.com

Instagram: www.instagram.com/artofcryo/

LinkedIn: www.linkedin.com/company/artofcryo

Facebook: www.facebook.com/artofcryo www.artofcryo.com

About us

Art of Cryo is a division of a renowned family business with 30 years’ experience in ultra-low temperature equipment, L&R Kältetechnik GmbH & Co KG. A 30year legacy of building the best quality solutions for whole-body cryotherapy is the foundation to offer our high-performance cryo chambers – The Vaultz®.

Product range and services

Art of Cryo offers three product categories, innovative high-tech wellbeing solutions for professional and private users, known as Tec-Spa Module. 1. M.C.S. (Multi Cryo-hacking System) is multi-sensory wellbeing technology. M.C.S. has a sophisticated Air Exchange System, which makes it the ideal preVaultz treatment to offer the finest dry contrast therapy. Furthermore, M.C.S. offers Deep Tissue Warmth (DTW) , Light Cocktails (LC), Quality Charged Air (QCA), Aroma Therapy via Fragrance Injection System (no oil, no dilution) and Boost & Activation Module (BAM). Depending on the aim, the client selects one of the 12 treatment programs and gets a perfectly balanced experience.

2. The Vaultz collection brings joy into people’s lives and make them feel and look healthy & young! It includes:

■ Single Vaultz V1 and V1 lux – individual high-performance whole-body cryotherapy chambers. Elegant design, easy control, enough comfortable space inside, effective and pleasant treatments.

■ Vario Vaultz V2 and V3 with a spacious treatment room to move and stretch comfortably for one or up to six guests with real -110°C temperature. Hemlock wood or stainless-steel interior design, extra-large windows, light-guided breathwork, and music playback to joy up the experience.

■ Unical Vaultz are for the innovators. With unical Vaultz we create extraordinary projects, like solutions for super yachts, equestrian or the largest whole-body cryotherapy chamber in the world.

3. Ultra luxurious, the state-of-the-art Flow System Carbon Collection with Alternating Deep Flow Technology (ADFT) is more powerful than ever. The Flow System works on the inner body flow, tissue health and strength, and can support people living healthier. Art of Cryo products, from refrigeration

to electrics and programming, are all made by our engineers in Germany. They meet the highest quality standards and are only powered by electricity. Every product is extremely efficient and ecofriendly, delivering accurate results.

The Tec-Spa-Module creates a unique treatment cycle that is time-saving for staff and guests, space-saving, touchless, systemic, effective and measurable. It makes the ideal profit centre or module for fitness, spa, corporate health, private wellness areas and as a stand-alone solution.

Key customers

We work worldwide with top-class sports clubs, luxury hotels, clinics and cryo centers. Flagship centers are CoolZoone in Zurich and Madeira, as well as the Art of Cryo Lab at our headquarters. TSM is available in more than 10 countries, to find your nearest one please get in touch.

Future plans

To develop the Art of Cryo’s brand Vaultz® as synonym for “whole-body cryotherapy”. To spread Tec-Spa Module all around the World, and to amplify via partnerships with complementary products, measurement devices and offers.

Rainer Bolsinger, CSO & CMO; Andreas Blum, director of sales, hotel & spa APAC; Iulia Plotnikova, sales MEA & special key-account.

Athleticum®

Causeway House, 1 Dane Street, Bishops Stortford, Hertfordshire, CM23 3BT, UK

Tel: +44 (0)208 8199 161

Email: info@athleticum.co.uk

X: https://x.com/athleticumfit

LinkedIn: www.linkedin.com/company/athleticum/

Facebook: www.facebook.com/athleticumfitness/

Instagram: www.instagram.com/@athleticumfit/# www.athleticum.co.uk

About Us

Founded in 2012 by Sarah and Sandro Morelli, Athleticum has grown into a leading provider of premium commercial fitness equipment. From the beginning, we’ve focused on high-quality, sustainable solutions and expert-led education, helping gyms and studios deliver engaging, tailored fitness experiences.

We specialise in equipment and programs that move beyond a one-sizefits-all model, supporting diverse fitness needs. Our core values - sustainability, innovation, and lasting relationships - drive our mission to elevate fitness environments. Through exclusive partnerships with leading brands like Spinning ® , Gun-ex ®, AntiGravity ®, 4DPro®, and CrossCore®, we help facilities offer inspiring, results-driven experiences. Athleticum is committed to breaking conventional fitness norms, creating programs that appeal to the 85% who feel excluded by mainstream fitness.

Product Range & Services

Athleticum offers a carefully selected range of commercial fitness equipment and training programs to help facilities stand out.

Spinning®, our flagship brand, leads the indoor cycling space with over 30 years of innovation. From the Studio Connect bike to the Spinning® Connect App, and comprehensive instructor education, Spinning® empowers gyms to deliver dynamic, community-focused cycling experiences.

Gun-ex ® Training Systems are ideal for HIIT, bootcamp, and functional fitness. Featuring ropes and bags designed for performance, they’re perfect for intense group training and strength development.

AntiGravity ® introduces aerial fitness with yoga, restorative cocooning, and more - ideal for spas, bespoke studios, and youth fitness. It brings a playful yet effective edge to wellness offerings.

4DPro® Bungee Fitness delivers lowimpact, elastic-resistance workouts that are fun, inclusive, and accessible to all ages - encouraging movement and participation.

CrossCore® takes suspension training to the next level with rotational movement, allowing studios to offer more versatile and challenging workouts.

Shows attending

PerformX, The Studio Summit at PROS:2026 Spinning & Fitness Conference, FIBO, Elevate Arena.

Sarah Morelli, Co-founder & Managing Director

Key Customers

Athleticum proudly serves a range of premier clients, including: YMCA Fylde Coast, University of Limerick –UL Sport Arena, Pegasus Gym and Boutique Studios, Kidsgrove Community Sports, Repose Space, London.

Future Plans

Over the next year, we aim to grow our presence in the commercial fitness market by strengthening B2B partnerships and expanding our product line. A major step is the appointment of Davide Ferreira as Head of Commercial Sales, focusing on growth across the UK and Ireland.

We’ll also launch new education initiatives and enhance our programming to stay ahead in a rapidly evolving industry.

Key Personnel

■ Sarah Morelli , Co-Founder & Managing Director

■ Sandro Morelli , Director

■ Davide Ferreira , Head of Commercial Sales

■ Juliet Bradford , Programmes Coordinator

Balanced Body®

5909 88th Street, Sacramento CA 95828 USA

Tel: 0800 014 8207

Email: info@pilates.com

Facebook: www.facebook.com/BalancedBodyInc

Instagram: www.instagram.com/balanced_body

Blog: https://thecore.pilates.com

LinkedIn: www.linkedin.com/company/balanced-body-uk

www.pilates.com

About us

Balanced Body is the global leader in Pilates equipment and education. Founded nearly 50 years ago, we work with the highest quality materials, and pride ourselves on premium craftsmanship and delivering unparalleled customer service. Our Pilates education consists of 400 educators with over 35,000 certifi ed teachers worldwide. With in-depth experience and expertise in Pilates, Balanced Body is uniquely positioned to partner with clubs, gyms and wellness facilities worldwide. Balanced Body was founded in 1976 by Ken Endelman who continues as Owner & CEO today. Ken was the fi rst to substantially update Joseph Pilates’ original equipment, engineering new features. He now holds 300+ patents worldwide for Pilates-related inventions and employs 300+ people.

Product range and services

Balanced Body’s acclaimed Reformers, including the Allegro®, Allegro® 2, Rialto® and Studio Reformer®, feature our patented Signature SpringsTM , SoftTouchTM rope + loop system, specially engineered wheels, and hallmark smooth

carriage ride. Our Pilates apparatus includes Reformers, Towers, Chairs, Barrels, Cadillacs, and training tools. Balanced Body Education® delivers Group Reformer training specifi cally designed to upskill qualifi ed fi tness instructors to design and deliver Group Reformer classes using Pilates principles. This bespoke training leverages instructors’ experience teaching group exercise classes. Building on this, Balanced Body launched its ‘Business of Pilates’ Playbook, a comprehensive resource designed for fi tness facility operators considering or expanding Group Reformer Pilates offerings.

Key customers

Third Space, Ten Health & Fitness, Thames Club, YMCA (UK & US), Club Pilates, Lifetime, Equinox, KX Pilates, LA Fitness, BLOK.

Future plans

For 2025, we have grown our UK-based Educator base to deploy more Group Reformer trainings countrywide. We are increasing our in-country account management staff to attend to account needs in real-time. Balanced Body is

http://lei.sr/A3I4w

focused on continuing to partner with Public and Private sector operators as we launch new products later this year.

Shows attending

FIBO, HFA (IHRSA), Elevate, Independent Gyms, APTA-CSM, and our own Pilates On Tour ® global event series.

Key personnel

■ Ken Endelman , CEO & Founder

■ Bill Auvil , Director of Sales

■ Joy Puleo, Director of Education

■ Chanin Cook , Director of Marketing

■ Katherine Ryzhova , Business Development Manager UK

■ Mark Mailhot , Commercial Fitness Manager

Ken Endelman, CEO & Founder
Access our Business of Pilates Playbook HERE

BLK BOX

4 Cloughfern Ave, Newtownabbey , Antrim, BT37 0UB, UK

Tel: 028 9045 4123

Email: sales@blkboxfitness.com

LinkedIn: www.linkedin.com/company/blkbox

Facebook: www.facebook.com/blkboxfitness/

Instagram: www.instagram.com/blkboxfitness/ www.blkboxfitness.com

About us

BLK BOX - where precision meets strength, and innovation never stops in the Pursuit of Better. We’re trusted by the best and have consistently delivered world-class training solutions, becoming the preferred supplier to leading brands, sports teams, and operators worldwide.

We create bespoke training spaces that not only meet the specific needs of teams and commercial gyms but also cultivate a vibrant, supportive community.

Leading the way in customised solutions, our team is guided by a results-oriented approach to optimise performance facilities, create innovative fitness experiences, and design bespoke training spaces. We set the standard in UK manufacturing. Our 130,000 sq ft headquarters boasts advanced CNC laser cutting technology, robotic welding, and an automated powder coating line, along with a 4,000 sq ft fully fitted gym. In 2025, we launched our new 1, 3, 5 Series - a fully modular range of rigs and racks designed to meet the demands of modern training environments at every level.

Product range and services

■ Strength & Functional Training Equipment: Designed for durability

and performance. From power racks, Olympic bars, and plates to bespoke rigs and functional accessories, we provide everything needed to equip your facility.

■ Flooring Solutions: BLK BOX seamless fl ooring is engineered to provide exceptional durability, performance, and safety in a range of environments - from commercial gyms to highimpact S&C facilities. Our solutions are characterised by eco-friendly materials, unparalleled warranties, and unique customisation options.

■ Facility Design: We know that a wellplanned design is at the heart of every successful project. The BLK BOX portfolio is a testament to our commitment to creating world-class training environments. We draw inspiration from the best in the industry and combine it with 10+ years of practical design experience to help you build a space that reflects your vision and inspires your community.

■ Customisation: With customisation baked into the BLK BOX blueprint from day one, we have optimised our manufacturing to deliver industryleading production times for customised products. Choose from a wide range of colours, then add your logo and

branding to create a space that stands out with a tailored, cohesive look.

■ End-to-End Support: Our approach is based on forging lasting partnerships. We are committed to your success and support every aspect of your project.

Key customers

Nike, Loughborough University, Irish Rugby, REPRESENT, Corinthia Hotels, PureGym, Gymbox.

Future plans

Our product development is driven by real-world insights from athletes, coaches, and operators. The launch of our 1, 3, 5 Series rigs and racks marks a significant step forward - offering scalable, futureproofed solutions for facilities of all sizes.

Our commitment to operational excellence ensures we meet the highest standards for our clients. We consistently deliver industry-leading production times, support, and service.

As we grow our business, we will sustainably expand our manufacturing footprint and resources. Our priority is to ensure responsible practices in our manufacturing processes, aligning with our commitment to a more sustainable future.

Ben Stocks, Managing
Miles Canning, Marketing

BUILT FOR

BUSINESS

We’re not here to be your vendor. We’re your partner.

We integrate cold water therapy into your business to elevate member experiences and amplify your value proposition. Our ice baths aren’t just high-performance, they’re beautiful statement pieces that become talking points. And we don’t disappear after installation. Our ongoing service supports your customer experience and empowers your teams to maximize your investment. Because we’re not interested in good. We’re committed to exceptional.

Brass Monkey

Unit 25, Street 6 South , Thorp Arch Trading Estate, Wetherby, Yorkshire, LS23 7FD, UK

Tel: 01135 267255

Email: dan@brassmonkey.co

LinkedIn: www.linkedin.com/company/brass-monkey-health

Facebook: www.facebook.com/BrassMonkeyIce

Instagram: www.instagram.com/brassmonkeyice

www.brassmonkey.co

About us

Born from a passion for cold immersion and its benefits to mental and physical health, Brass Monkey began in workshops in Yorkshire and Scotland with a mission: to create the best ice baths in the world. And we did.

Brass Monkey designs and builds the world’s finest commercial-grade ice baths, working with leading gyms and spas globally to deliver exceptional cold water experiences.

We are pioneers in cold-water immersion, going beyond engineering to craft complete, tailored solutions that help our clients create revenuegenerating wellness offerings. Our approach is collaborative - we listen, solve problems, and streamline operations to reduce risk and improve performance.

Product range and services

Our ice baths come in three main ranges, each available in various finishes or fully bespoke—offered with or without our patented ice-generation technology. All units are WiFi-enabled, UV-cleaned, autodosing, and filtered using either two-stage cartridge or spa-grade media systems.

■ The Custom Range – For projects demanding unique specifications. We even offer water-cooled systems that can transfer heat to a swimming pool.

■ The Spa Range – Designed to integrate seamlessly with spa environments, available in single and double tub formats.

■ The Fitness Range – Freestanding units ideal for gyms and recovery suites, with quick installation and support for moderate use.

Whichever range you choose, we support you through design, installation, staff training, and launch promotion.

■ Ongoing Support: ProCare

Included with every unit, ProCare ensures optimal performance, handles maintenance, and provides peace of mind. ProCare+ is our premium service, offering professional cleaning and maintenance to keep your equipment running at peak efficiency with minimal effort from your team.

Shows attending Elevate, Health Optimisation Summit.

Key customers

Soho House, Rudding Park, David Lloyd, Bulgari Hotels, Six Senses, One Rebel, Virgin Active, Village Hotels, Fitness First.

Future plans

We regularly introduce new technological advancements to our commercial ice baths, with a specific emphasis on aesthetics. Lighting and sound are two areas we are currently exploring. Our latest products are poised to be trialled in increasingly high-use environments, enabling us to refine their implementation in both freestanding and fully integrated units. We are currently celebrating installations at Arc (Canary Wharf) and the commencement of a new partnership with Gymbox, Finsbury Park.

Key Personnel

■ Dan Bosomworth , Founder & CEO

■ Chris Soames, Chief Commercial Officer

Dan Bosomworth, Founder & CEO
Brass Monkey ice bath
PHOTO: BRASS MONKEY

bsport

469 Avenida Diuagonal Atico , 08036 Barcelona, Spain

Email: solutions@bsport.io

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/company/bsportio/

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/bsport_app/

with their needs. Every studio can tailor the platform to their model, ensuring continued relevance at every stage.

Client retention made easy: Our native marketing solution, Audience, enables studios to send targeted, automated messages that keep clients engaged and reduce turnover.

Instant communication: Forget external group chats - communicate schedule updates or class cancellations directly through the platform in seconds.

24/7 bookings: Students can easily reserve classes and pay online anytime via the calendar widget integrated into your website.

Branded experience: Boost your studio’s image with a custom-branded app in your name and coloursavailable on iOS and Android.

Everything in one place: Manage schedules, payroll, marketing, analytics, and more with real-time data syncing to streamline operations.

Key customers

bsport serves boutique fi tness studios across various disciplines in 40+ countries. Our software supports businesses of

all sizes - from new opening studios to large franchises. Notable partners include Bondi Pilates, MAD, Hustle Boxing, Train Yard, and Humble Haven.

Future plans

Backed by fresh investment, bsport is expanding globally and investing in AIdriven features that will make studio management even smarter. We’ve opened two new European offi ces, expanded our US presence, and are entering APAC markets. Expect more innovations - some under wraps for now!

Shows Attending

■ Elevate , June 2025, London

■ Fitness Technology Summit , June 2025, London

■ HCM Summit , October 2025, London

■ FIBO, April 2026, Cologne

■ PerformX , February 2026, Birmingham

Key personnel

■ Zakaria Mansour, CEO

■ Sofi an Medbouhi , CTO

■ Marc Capelo, CPO

■ Kevin Bagayoko, Head of Customer Success

■ Arthur Condé , Head of Sales

Zakaria Mansour

WORLD LEADING

COMMERCIAL ICE BATHS PALM COOLING TECHNOLOGY

CET Ltd

Unit 7 Meadow Lane Ind Est. Gordon Road, Loughborough, LE11 1JP

20 Tullindoney Road, Dromore, Co Down, Northern Ireland, BT25 1PE

Tel: +44 (0) 2892 690056 Email: colin@cetcryospas.com

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/company/cet-ltd/

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/CETCryoSpa/

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/CoreTxCooling

Instagram: cet_cryospas/ Instagram: cetcoretx/ www.cetcryospas.com www.coretxcooling.com

About us

Manufacturing in the UK since 2002

The device easily integrates into gyms and two users can cool both palms at the same time.

“The CoreTx GO has been a big hit. Members using the CoreTx have achieved 50% to 117% increase in repetitions in only 4 to 6 sessions. It is a must for performance based gyms and facilities that want to offer their members the best possible technology, as well as differentiating themselves from the competition.”

Matthew Lawrence, MSc MCSP HCPC Owner and Head Coach CrossFit Esher

Key customers

Third Space, V London, FIX MCR, Oren Wellness, Manchester United, Arsenal FC, Manchester City, AC Milan, Bayern Munich, FC Sevilla, Wimbledon (Tennis), Team GB, Crown Plaza & Hilton Hotels, and Beijing Sports University.

Future plans

In addition to performance enhancement, CET are exploring the use of CoreTx GO palm cooling for mid-match recovery with elite sports teams.

Key personnel

■ Colin Edgar, Founder and Managing Director

■ Katalin Géczi , Joint Managing Director of CET Germany

■ Dr Aaron Vage , Technical Development Manager

■ Russell Bentley, Production Manager.

Colin Edgar, Founder and Managing Director
CoreTx GO Palm Cooling

INNOVATIVE BRANDS IN MOTION

At Core Health & Fitness, we bring innovative health and fitness solutions to the global market. Our house of brands includes StairMaster, Nautilus, Throwdown, Star Trac, Schwinn, and Wexer. Offering a combination of equipment, trainer education,and digital fitness solutions, we press into the future of fitness to ensure the creation of quality products and programming that meet the needs of an everevolving industry. Beyond products installation, customer service, and support, Core can also provide financing options and a variety of partner connections who can build out your entire space, no matter the size.

Core Health & Fitness

Unit 4, The Gateway Centre, Coronation Road, Cressex Business Park, High Wycombe, Buckinghamshire, HP12 3SU, UK

Tel: +44 (0)1494 688260

Email: uksales@corehandf.com

Facebook: Core Health & Fitness

Instagram: corehandf

LinkedIn: www.linkedin.com/company/corehealthandfitness

www.corehandf.com

About us

Founded in 2010, Core Health & Fitness is home to some of the world’s most iconic fi tness brands. Driven by innovation, we deliver top-quality products, exceptional service, and ongoing support. As both a manufacturer and OEM provider for leading fi tness brands, we offer unmatched resources and expertise. With cutting-edge products and programming, we create dynamic fi tness experiences that evolve with the industry.

Product range and services

■ StairMaster: For 40 years, people Own the Summit with StairMaster on equipment like the 8Gx, the 10G with OverDrive, the 4G that makes a big impact with a compact footprint, and Jacobs Ladder for the workout that everyone loves to hate.

■ Nautilus: 50 years ago, Nautilus invented strength training, bringing fitness to the masses. Focusing on biomechanics that complement natural human movements, Nautilus makes strength training approachable to people at all fitness levels.

■ Star Trac: Rooted in cardio, Star Trac has grown to innovate products that keep people moving and create lifelong

health and fitness habits. With dynamic technology and our variety of APEX Display options, Star Trac goes the distance to provide fitness solutions.

■ Throwdown: For 20 years, Throwdown has offered unique workout opportunities, from functional training zones to boxing, mixed martial arts, and more.

■ Schwinn: Schwinn’s focus has always been on authenticity and quality. This focus is built into our Z Bike, X Bike, IC Classic, and AC Sport with education with our CoreFit Education program.

■ Wexer: Wexer’s technology bridges the gap between the digital and physical worlds, delivering a premium exercise experience that meets fi tness needs anytime, anywhere.

Key customers

Everlast, Energie Fitness, Life Leisure, TRIB3, UFC, Holmes Place, Fitness First, Crunch Fitness, Fitness 24 Seven, Fit20, FitnessWorx.

Future plans

Core Health & Fitness is launching its Next Gen 8 and 10 Series Cardio from Star Trac and StairMaster, delivering intelligent design, advanced connectivity,

and unmatched durability. With Apex 24” and 16” Touchscreen Displays, Apex LED Displays, and seamless wireless integration, this next-generation lineup enhances user engagement and operational efficiency while ensuring a future-proof solution for fitness facilities.

The incredible Nautilus strength range continues to set the standard in strength training, with an exciting expansion of new strength pieces launching this year to further elevate performance and versatility.

Core Health & Fitness also brings HYROX-inspired workouts to functional training zones with the HIIT Ski and HIIT Rower. These performancedriven machines provide total-body training ideal for high-intensity interval training, competition preparation, and functional fitness spaces.

Together with our partners, Core Health & Fitness delivers the best fitness offerings with some of the most recognised brands worldwide.

Key personnel

■ Jason Hill, Team Leader Strategic Accounts – UK & IE

■ Graham Peycke, Team Leader Direct – UK & IE

Jason Hill

Trusted by the leading brands in fitness

Connecting talent, driving success

CoverMe Ltd

5 Hyde Road, Paignton, Devon, TQ4 5BW, UK

Tel: 07891 503525

Email: lou.crossland@covermeapp.co

LinkedIn: https: //www.linkedin.com/company/coverme-app/

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/covermeapp.official

Instagram: covermeapp.official

Blog: https://www.covermeapp.co/community www.covermeapp.co

About us

CoverMe Fitness is the app for seamless, on-demand management and cover solutions for sport and fitness professionals. Integrated with leading software brands including Mindbody, Exerp, Mariana Tek and more, we are transforming the way the health and fitness industry operates, connecting clubs with top tier professionals. Our app allows you to recruit fully qualified and meticulously vetted talent, as well as recognise and reward team members. It eliminates inefficiencies, streamlines team communication, scheduling and class management, and even manages compliance, so you can focus on growth and the member experience.

CoverMe is the future of work. With more than 10,500 fitness professionals already active on the app, we are on track to enable 3,420 gig opportunities every day in group exercise in 2025, and by 2026 we will be handling 10,000 opportunities daily - 3.6 million each year - in fitness alone.

Product range and services

CoverMe is designed to revolutionise team management, supporting you to expand your network for recruitment and emergency cover. Managers can

source cover, post audition requests to effortlessly manage their timetables while enhancing the retention of fitness professionals through our in app recognition and reward system. From group exercise instructors to swimming teachers, professionals in our community can access career-enhancing discounts and offers from well-known partner brands including CIMSPA, FitPro and Myzone. When it comes to compliance, there’s no room for compromise. Every certifi cation and insurance document undergoes rigorous verifi cation by our dedicated team. We’ll even shoot you a friendly reminder when documents are due for renewal. By eliminating the ineffi ciencies of manual compliance checks, we can save clubs 10 hours a week - that’s two months of operational time each year.

Key highlights

For venues:

■ 97% cover rate

■ 3 new hires per month

■ 10 hours saved per week

■ 78% better team engagement

■ 100% retention rate of CoverMe

■ 4.7 star app store rating

■ 95% referral rate of CoverMe

For instructors:

■ 13 additional classes per month

■ Upskilled in four new class types

■ 6 hours a month saved on admin

■ 47% of instructors on CoverMe aged under 28

■ 78% of instructors have over three years’ teaching experience

■ 95% teach more than three class types

Key customers

All venues, from boutique studios to big-box fitness sites, including Virgin Active, Nuffield Health, Total Fitness, GoodLife and Lift Brands.

Future plans

Our long-term vision extends into other vertical markets including padel centres, ski schools, golf centres, spa and wellbeing. In the last 12 months we have expanded to the US, Canada and Australia and have recruited roles in EMEA.

Key personnel

■ Rosanna Tucker, co-founder and CEO

■ Beverlee Brinkworth , cofounder and COO

■ Lou Crossland , chief commercial offi cer.

Louise Crossland, chief commercial officer

FITNESS LIKE NEVER BEFORE

Unlock your gym’s potential with a made-to-measure solution combining smart equipment, innovative software and customer-first services.

EGYM UK Ltd

9th Floor, 107 Cheapside, London, EC2V 6DN, UK

Tel: +44 204 600 3848

Email: uk-sales@egym.com

LinkedIn: linkedin.com/company/egym-global

Facebook: www.facebook.com/egymglobal

Instagram: www.instagram.com/egym_global

Youtube: www.youtube.com/user/egymfitness

www.egym.com/uk

About us

EGYM is a vertically integrated market leader in the fi tness and health industry with the vision of transforming healthcare from repair to prevention. EGYM partners with companies to improve employee health by providing access to fi tness and health facilities and equips those facilities with smart gym equipment and digital solutions to offer an AI-driven workout experience for people of all skill levels. Corporations benefi t from reduced healthcare costs and increased productivity, and clubs from a growing membership base that stays engaged. For more information about EGYM, please visit uk.egym.com.

Product range and services

■ The Fitness Hub is a single smart device for swift member onboarding, intuitive body analyses, fl exibility tests and visualised progress tracking.

■ The Smart Strength series is our range of twenty adaptive resistance machines that combine digital resistance, guided movement and automated adjustments for a safe, effective and effi cient training experience.

■ Smart Cardio is a software solution that seamlessly integrates leading thirdparty cardio machines and tracking into EGYM’s digital workout solutions.

■ Our range of Smart Flex machines provides personalised, smart mobility and fl exibility training to members.

■ EGYM’s operator software , the Branded Member App, and the Trainer App, enable seamless member tracking, the creation of hyperpersonalised training plans, and streamlined gym management.

■ EGYM Wellpass , EGYM’s corporate wellness solution, provides employees of partner companies with access to a wide range of local fi tness and wellness services.

■ EGYM Genius is a powerful AI tool that integrates data from all fitness activities and equipment on the gym floor to create hyper-personalised training plans for members that deliver targeted, fast results, higher member satisfaction, and more opportunities for gym growth.

Key customers

EGYM partners with over 24,000 health and fi tness facilities worldwide. Our solutions are customised for

gyms of all types and sizes: from those with no trainers and minimal staff to boutique facilities offering a high-touch member experience, and from large enterprise gym chains to local authority leisure facilities.

Future plans

EGYM continues to revolutionise the fi tness industry with its cutting-edge products, services, and partnerships. Leveraging the potential of AI, we will further drive ROI and member satisfaction for our customers by creating tailored solutions that deliver real results for members and businesses alike.

EGYM is also currently expanding Wellpass into the UK through the acquisition of Hussle, a leading player in the UK corporate fi tness market. With Hussle, we will take another step in our mission to make fi tness and wellbeing accessible to everyone.

Key personnel

■ Steve Barton , Country Director UK

■ Tanya Hall , UK Tender & Partners Manager

■ Craig Worley, UK Key Account Manager

Steve Barton, Country Director UK

The Eleiko Feeling Experience

Eleiko Group AB

Klastorpsvägen 18 , SE-302 62 Halmstad, Sweden

Tel: +46 (0)35-177070

Email: uk@eleiko.com

LinkedIn: www.linkedin.com/eleiko-sport

Facebook: www.facebook.com/eleiko

Instagram: www.instagram.com/eleikosport

www.eleiko.com

About us

Founded in 1957 in Halmstad, Sweden, Eleiko transformed strength training by introducing the fi rst barbell to last an entire competition at the 1963 World Weightlifting Championships in Stockholm. More than six decades and 1,000 world records later, Eleiko remains the choice of champions and passionate lifters around the world. Still family-owned and now led by the second generation of the Blomberg family, Eleiko continues to innovate and craft world-class strength equipment designed to help people perform better — in sport and in life. With over 65 years of expertise, we design and manufacture precisioncrafted strength products trusted by the world’s top competitions, training facilities, and home gyms. Certifi ed by the IWF, IPF, and WPPO, our equipment is used in over 180 countries to support athletes, coaches, and fi tness professionals with products made for a lifetime of lifting.

Headquartered in Halmstad and backed by a global team of 200, Eleiko is committed to raising the bar for quality, performance, and service. Everything we

do is guided by our belief that strength is essential to living life to the fullest.

Product range and services

Eleiko’s Free Weights range includes our iconic bars and plates — with competitioncertified options for weightlifting and powerlifting — as well as versatile options for training facilities. Our award-winning Evo Dumbbells, Öppen Bar, and Öppen Collars, along with high-performance kettlebells and dumbbells, are recognized for their durability and precision.

The Prestera Strength System is a modular solution that integrates racks, rigs, cables, and storage into a cohesive system. Designed to support diverse training methods while optimizing space, it combines free weights, cable training, and barbell work. Featuring stainless steel uprights, aluminium pulleys, and integrated storage, Prestera is built for long-term performance and an enhanced training experience. Beyond equipment, Eleiko is a dedicated partner to its customers. We offer expert gym design, tailored solutions, and ongoing service and support — ensuring facilities, coaches, and athletes have the tools they need to succeed.

Key Customers

Eleiko proudly serves commercial gyms, elite sports organizations, federations, high-performance training centers, the military, and residential fi tness spaces.

Future Plans

We are continuously refi ning our products to enhance the lifting experience. Alongside ongoing advancements in free weights, we’re investing in the evolution of the Prestera Strength System and Eleiko Cables. Guided by a lifter-fi rst mindset, our product development raises industry standards and elevates strength training for athletes of all levels.

Shows Attending

In 2025, Eleiko will connect with the global strength community at key events, including HFA, FIBO, NIRSA, and the CSCCa National Conference.

Key Personnel

■ Erik Blomberg , CEO

■ Dale Beech , Regional Director

■ Sarah Burgess , Sales Manager, UK

Erik Blomberg, CEO

Epassi UK

Rear Ground Floor Suite, Rockwood House, Perrymount Road, Haywards Heath, RH16 3TW

Tel: 0345 300 6474

Email: emma.vivo@epassi.com

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/company/epassi-uk

https://epassi.co.uk/for-partners

About us

Epassi UK are a leading health and wellness company, offering employee benefits designed to improve the health and wellbeing of the UK workforce.

For the last 23 years they have been on a mission to create a fitter, happier and more productive workforce by encouraging people to exercise regularly through their network of discounted gym memberships.

Since they launched their fitness network back in 2001, they have helped millions of employees from thousands

of companies improve their health and wellbeing, and have since become the UK’s largest health and fitness network.

Over 2,000 companies across the UK and Ireland rely on Epassi UK’s fitness network to offer coverage, choice, convenience and variety to support their employees’ health and wellbeing.

With over 4,000 fitness partners and 10,000 membership types, Epassi UK has something for everyone. Epassi UK partner with a variety of fitness partners from traditional gyms, health clubs, leisure centres and boutique studios, to facilities

offering dance classes, martial arts, climbing walls, sports and much more.

Product

range and services

Fit and healthy employees are good for business, which is why Epassi UK encourage businesses to invest in the wellbeing of their employees by giving them access to their gym membership network. Epassi UK’s gym membership network helps employees who are looking to improve their health and fitness, as well as helping companies who want to attract and retain talent and look after their team. With 12-month pre-paid memberships or flexible self-paid options available, their customers can choose an option to best suit their preference, needs and lifestyles.

Key customers

Over 2,000 companies from hundreds of different industries across the UK and Ireland including: Costa, Volvo, Harrods, ITV, Grant Thornton, Sky, Haines Watts, Ricoh, Bosch, Siemens, IMG and Channel 4.

Key personnel

■ Emma Vivo, director

Emma Vivo, director
SCAN TO WATCH THE VIDEO.

Escape Fitness Ltd

11-14 Tresham Road, Orton Southgate, Peterborough, Cambridgeshire, PE2 6SG, UK

Tel: +44 1733 313535

Email: sales@escapefitness.com

X: https://x.com/escapefitness

LinkedIn: www.linkedin.com/company/escape-fitness

Facebook: www.facebook.com/Escapefitness

Instagram: www.instagram.com/escapefitness

Youtube: www.youtube.com/user/EscapeFitness

www.escapefitness.com

About us

Escape Fitness has been at the forefront of fitness innovation for over 25 years. Founded by engineer, Richard Januszek and his son Matthew in a garage gym, it remains a proud, family-run business. From the early days of free weights and functional frames to today’s cutting-edge complete training systems, Escape continues to deliver equipment in response to research into industry trends and consumer behaviours.

As a global leader in functional strength training, Escape designs complete, highperformance training environments. This includes the manufacture of own frames and plates in the UK, safeguarded by unique IP to protect the brand’s distinctive product innovations. With a strong focus on education, Escape supports gym owners and operators to offer high quality individual and small group training solutions, delivered both face-to-face and digitally. Working with leading fitness operators worldwide, Escape transforms spaces into motivating, inclusive environments— indoors and out—where all fitness levels can thrive. Built on research, innovation and a commitment to excellence, Escape empowers people to truly ‘Escape Their Limits.’

Main Products & Services

Escape Fitness delivers premium functional training solutions tailored to the evolving needs of modern gyms. The extensive product range includes versatile training tools, strength equipment, boxing gear, flooring, and modular frames built for adaptability and peak performance.

Innovation in Strength & Digital Training

Octagon LOAD, launched this year, redefines plate-loaded training with variable band resistance for a more effective, full-body workout. Escape advances its mission to merge traditional strength with modern movement. Meanwhile, the expanding MARS platform delivers dynamic digital coaching. Focused on trend-driven innovation, Escape continues developing groundbreaking products to meet evolving training needs.

The Octagon Frame Range

This flagship modular line is designed for maximum versatility and efficient use of space, supporting both individual and group training formats. The new lightweight model – Octagon LITE has just launched and there are several new attachment options due to hit the market in 2025.

Freestanding or bolted, each frame is fully customisable with colours, branding and a wide array of add-ons - such as monkey bars, battle rope eyes, pull-up bars, boxing arms, dip stations, and resistance tools.

Sustainability Initiatives

Escape is leading the way in greener manufacturing with its Evergreen brand. By replacing traditional iron with a tough, recycled composite, the company significantly lowers environmental impact without compromising on durability or performance.

Key customers

David Lloyd, Snap Fitness, Equinox, Anytime Fitness, Gold’s Gym, Inverclyde Leisure.

Future plans

Escape will expand its Octagon range and LOAD line, enhancing adaptability and redefining strength training. It’s also scaling UK-based manufacturing - particularly for frames - and advancing the Evergreen range to reinforce sustainability leadership.

Shows attending PerformX, HFA, Elevate, FIBO.

Luke Januszek, managing director, EMEA

FS Commercial Division (Fitness Superstore)

13 Gate Lodge Close, Round Spinney, Northampton, NN3 8RJ, UK

Tel: 01604 673000

Email: commercial@fitness-superstore.co.uk

LinkedIn: www.linkedin.com/company/bodypowersportsltd

Facebook: www.facebook.com/TheFitnessSuperstore

Instagram: www.instagram.com/fitnesssuperstore/ www.fitness-superstore.co.uk

About us

With over 30 years in the industry, we at FS Commercial Division - the commercial arm of Fitness Superstore - have the experience and expertise to help clients deliver outstanding gym and fi tness projects of all sizes. Being able to stock top-brand cardio and strength equipment at our 175,000 sq ft head offi ce and distribution centre in Northampton means we can deliver, assemble and provide our responsive services faster than any other, meaning your members are never without the means to stay fi t and healthy.

Product range and services

At FS Commercial Division, you can source everything you need for your gym all in one place. From state-of-the-art cardiovascular machines to best-selling strength training equipment, we are proud to offer an unbeatable variety of commercial fitness products to suit all budgets. With an unrivalled range of first-class brands to choose from, including SHUA Fitness, Matrix Fitness, Life Fitness, Hammer Strength and more, you can kit out your space with whatever mix of products and brands you and your members desire.

Customers can benefit from the expert knowledge of our commercial sales team who will guide you through the purchasing process. We can even provide free 3D designs to bring your vision to life - from initial layouts for new constructions, to implementing changes in an existing facility, our instore team will make sure your gym’s floor plan is perfect. Our equipment can be purchased outright, but we also offer a range of leasing options to help facilities spread the costs and get the most from their budgets.

But it doesn’t stop there - with an expansive team of service and warranty professionals, we can provide fast and efficient diagnosis and resolution of any issues that should arise with your equipment, making sure your teams are well looked after.

Key customers

We help customers of any size build the perfect training area, whether they’re a privately-owned gym space, a professional sports facility or a government-funded leisure centre. Our expertise allows us to provide the most suitable cardio and strength equipment for your requirements, with solutions to enable a seamless transition between projects.

FS Commercial’s cutting-edge Northampton showroom

Future plans

We’ve recently put the finishing touches on the renovation of our dedicated commercial showroom in Northampton. The investment and modernisation of this location has brought it back in line with the more recent additions to our store portfolio, and we’re enjoying welcoming new and existing commercial clients to our new-look showroom.

Key personnel

■ Paul Walker, Managing Director

■ Andy Blackler, Product Development Manager

■ Antony Morrison , Commercial Sales Development Manager

Andy Blackler, Product Development Manager

Imagine your members walking into the gym and having everything tailored to them. Their workout plan, exercise guidance, and progress tracking all seamlessly connected. This is the future of fitness. This is Funxtion.

funxtion.com

Funxtion

Sloterweg 796, Amsterdam, North Holland, 1066 CN, Netherlands

Tel: +31 (0) 20 2135000

Email: info@funxtion.com

LinkedIn: www.linkedin.com/company/funxtion-international/

Blog: https://funxtion.com/press-blog/ www.funxtion.com

About us

Funxtion supports fi tness operators in delivering personalised fi tness experiences at scale. By integrating seamlessly with third-party technologies, apps, websites, and on-site digital displays, Funxtion offers gyms, and studios a highly customisable omnichannel solution.

Funxtion supports your members by delivering digital touchpoints that guide them from onboarding through education and ongoing support. Each member benefits from a bespoke journey, complete with tutorials and notifications that your team can easily design and manage. These tailored digital experiences help keep members engaged, informed, and motivated throughout their fitness journey.

Founded in 2011 by Ernst de Neef and Mendel Witzenhausen, Funxtion is committed to supporting people on their journey to a healthier lifestyle. Headquartered in Amsterdam, the company has steadily grown its team and expertise, with Danny Woods joining as Chief Commercial Offi cer in 2022 and Stephanie Yip appointed as Product Manager in 2025. This evolution refl ects Funxtion’s ongoing dedication to innovation in digital fi tness.

Product range and services

Funxtion offers a suite of digital solutions designed to enhance member engagement.

At the core is a fully customisable content delivery platform that enables fitness brands to provide branded workouts and wellness experiences across multiple digital channels. This ensures consistency in brand identity while allowing operators to tailor content for different member segments.

To support integration into existing ecosystems, Funxtion offers a comprehensive Software Development Kit (SDK) that includes APIs and UI kits. This enables operators to embed Funxtion’s digital content directly into their own mobile applications or websites, while also providing extensive customisation options.

In the physical environment, Funxtion’s in-gym solutions—such as the FXPOD and multi-screen setups—are designed to optimise group training, strength and recovery areas. These products provide an in-gym digital touchpoint and help members with guided, engaging workouts.

Key customers

Funxtion serves a diverse global client base, including: Benefit Systems (Poland), GoodLife Fitness (Canada), The Gym Group

Danny Woods, Chief Commercial Officer

(UK), SportCity (Netherlands), Fitness First (Germany), World Gym International,

Future plans

Funxtion remains focused on delivering personalised and impactful fi tness experiences. Our product roadmap includes advanced AI capabilities designed to elevate personalisation, streamline user journeys, and support both members and operators with smarter tools and insights.

In collaboration with key partners such as EGYM, LeisureLabs, HYROX, and Les Mills, Funxtion will strengthen its integrated ecosystem combining content, AI, and training formats to enrich the full member journey.

Shows attending

Funxtion will be attending the following industry events: Elevate (UK), The Fitness Technology Summit (UK) , Beyond Activ (Global), Active Leadership Forum (EUR), European Health & Fitness Forum, FIBO,

Key personnel

■ Ernst de Neef, CEO, Founder

■ Mendel Witzenhausen , CBDO Founder

■ Danny Woods , CCO

dy to go and bespoke support, from on-the-go microlearning to bespoke learning and development consultancy to create solutions tailored to your organisational goals. Whatever your budget, we’re here to do the heavy lifting when it comes to providing training that can upskill employees, build client retention and increase profitability.

Tailored content hubs

L&D consultancy and bespoke solutions

Over 30 years of industry experience

Future Fit

Carnac Cottage, Carnac Court, Cams Hall Estate, Fareham, PO16 8UB

Tel: +44 (0)1329756196

Email: forbusiness@futurefit.co.uk

LinkedIn: www.linkedin.com/company/future-fit-for-business  www.futurefitforbusiness.co.uk

About us

Future Fit for Business provide allencompassing learning and development solutions that empower organisations and their employees to excel. Since 1993, Future Fit have been consistently raising the bar when it comes to training for Community Sport, National Governing Bodies and the Physical Activity Industry, utilising these three decades of experience to provide our clients with off the shelf, and bespoke co-designed solutions that advance workforce capability and foster organisational growth.

Product range and services

From specialist education provision, such as industry-tailored mandatory training, to bespoke support, Future Fit

for Business provide solutions tailored to meet the needs, challenges, and aspirations of your organisation.

From an extensive library of online and in-person training courses written by industry professionals, to our custombuilt LMS, specialist microlearning provision and innovative qualifi cations such as management and leadership, our programmes are designed to create change; developing skills, building knowledge, and making a difference to the communities our clients support.

Key customers

We’ve worked with some of the most prominent organisations in the UK, including Active Partnerships, NHS Trusts and Public and Private

“Many companies talk of a partnership approach but not that many actually deliver and walk the walk. Future Fit has exceeded GM Active’s expectations in this regard and as a result, together we have created some innovative and groundbreaking programmes. Their L&D expertise is second to none and their technical ability is inspiring. Genuine people, with a passion for the industry and a burning desire to serve the sector and contribute. A role model company for others to learn from in my opinion.”

Andy King, CEO GM Active

Leisure Operators such as GLL, David Lloyd, Total Fitness, LED Leisure, Everlast Gyms and GM Active.

Future plans

We’re continually working to strengthen our offering to both the physical activity industry and in new areas, so as ever our focus will remain on adding value to the sectors we support with pioneering education. We’re proud of the work we’ve done so far to empower the wider public health workforce and we’ll continue to create ways to improve the health of the nation.

Key personnel

■ Rob Johnson , Founder & CEO

■ Elaine Briggs , Chief Education & Partnerships Offi cer

■ Tom Godwin , Group Operations Director

■ Lewis Thompson , Head of Business Development

■ Jamie-Lee Bowden , Client Success Manager

■ Jack Currie , Technical Solutions Manager

Rob Johnson, CEO and Founder

MORE COMFORT & EFFICIENCY

Digital Club Transformation

Gantner optimizes and simplifies the organization of fitness clubs. Using touchless RFID/NFC credentials (member cards, wristbands, smart phones), Gantner creates a unique member experience throughout the entire facility. From check-in and access control to electronic locker systems and cashless payment – Gantner provides an integrated solution, compatible with all common club management software providers. We support you in the automation of daily processes. This allows your members to check in to club services independently without staff.

Market Leader

8 of the 10 leading fitness chains in Europe trust in Gantner.

Integrated System

One credential for all applications.

Tap. Access. Go.

The Gantner SmartPass is a digital membership card in Google or Apple Wallet

GANTNER

Bundesstrasse 12, Nueziders, 6714, Austria

Tel: +43 5552 33944

Email: contact@gantner.com

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/company/gantner

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/gantner

Instagram: @gantner_group

www.gantner.com

About us

Gantner is the market leader for touchless system solutions in the fi tness industry. Gantner optimizes and simplifi es the organisation of fi tness clubs. Using touchless RFID/NFC credentials (member cards, wristbands, key tags) Gantner creates a unique member experience throughout the entire facility. From check-in and access control to electronic locker systems and cashless payment –Gantner provides an integrated solution. As an early pioneer in the fi eld of NFC (near-fi eld communications) technology, Gantner’s hardware and software innovations have been transforming the way companies interact with their customers and employees for the past 40 years.

Product range and services

Check-in and access control for quick and secure identification with the new Gantner SmartPass, a digital membership card in Google or Apple Wallet. From convenient parking to exiting the club – Gantner offers a unique member experience and supports fitness clubs in the automation of daily processes. Gantner ensures that check-in and access control are automated,

quick, and secure. That means more time for your members and the assurance that only paying members are in the club. The comfortable and hygienic solution provides members with a superior club experience. It offers operators a precise overview of club activities and attendance.

Key

customers

Our key customers are both the largest fi tness chains worldwide, which operate studios across different countries, as well as individual clubs that want to optimize their processes through automation and digitalization and reduce costs, personnel deployment and resources. Our customers include the world’s most renowned clubs, low budget and premium clubs, which use our system solutions to ensure a unique member experience, greater safety and convenience.

Future plans

We will continue to work on consolidating our position as the market leader through innovative solutions and permanent further development, especially in the mobile and cloud areas. Through solutions for digitalisation, we provide even more convenience and effi ciency. Our goal is to optimize and simplify the organisation of clubs so that each individual fi tness facility can reduce costs and increase profi ts.

Shows attending IHRSA, Elevate, FIBO, W3Fit.

Key

personnel

■ Mario Morger, Vertical Sales Director Fitness

“Since we had a Gantner system installed, our processes have been simplified and the workload of our employees has been significantly reduced. Our members are thrilled about the extra level of comfort. It is the perfect solution for us.”

Fitness24Seven

Mario Morger, Vertical Sales Director Fitness

RECOVERY & PERFORMANCE

Improved Athletic Performance

Muscle Recovery & Detox

Reduced Inflammation

Injury Prevention

G-Vac
Libra Edge MLX I3Dome reLounge ZeroG

Gharieni Group

Gutenbergstrasse 40, 47443 Moers, NRW, Germany

Tel: +49 (0) 2841 88 300 0

Email: info@gharieni.com

LinkedIn: www.linkedin.com/company/gharienigroup

Facebook: www.facebook.com/gharienigroup

Instagram: www.instagram.com/gharienigroup www.gharienigroup.com

About us

Metawell by Gharieni is a global leader in Mind/Body Wellness Technologies, redefining fitness and wellness with transformative recovery, mental fitness, and longevity solutions. Powered by touchless and hybrid technologies, Metawell merges evidence-based innovation with ease and accessibility. With over 30 years of experience and German-engineered excellence, Metawell is backed by the Gharieni Group - trusted in over 120 countries and named the Official Spa & Wellness Technologies Brand for Forbes Travel Guide annually since 2019. Our clients include the world’s top hospitality and wellness destinations.

Product range and services

Metawell delivers results-driven solutions through cutting-edge technologies for recovery, relaxation, and performance.

■ MLX i3Dome is a triple-detox farinfrared sauna for post-workout recovery, stress relief, immunity boost, and inflammation reduction.

■ RLX Satori Mental Fitness Lounger is like a gym for the brain, using evidence-based technology that trains the mind to relax, enhance cognitive

function, reduce stress and anxiety, and restore mind-body resilience. No meditation skills needed: just lie back, reset, and recharge your mental fitness at the push of a button.

■ reLounge zeroG delivers immediate back pain relief by targeting deep muscles, correcting posture, and improving circulation. FDA-cleared and medically certified, it combines four touchless therapies - E-Stimulation, Heat, TENS, and Massage - to relieve back, neck, and shoulder pain and restore functional movement.

■ G-Vac uses NASA-inspired technology for body contouring and recovery; improves circulation, reduces swelling and cellulite, and supports detox and energy.

■ Zestós DryFloat is a dry float therapy combining weightless suspension, vibroacoustics, and hydro-massage for deep relaxation, pain relief, and sleep support - touchless and hygienic.

Metawell empowers wellness, health, and fitness operators to create innovative recovery zones and mental fitness suites that unlock new revenue and enhance user experience - seamlessly integrating into any business model without disrupting core offerings.

Key customers

Luxury Hotels, Wellness Clubs, Longevity & Medical Wellness Clinics. Key customers include ZEM Wellness Clinic Spain, Equinox New York, Longevity Hub by Clinique la Prairie, SIRO Hotel Dubai, Six Senses, Cartesiano Urban Wellness Center Mexico, Carillon Miami Wellness Resort, USA, Orocor Wellness Taiwan.

Future plans

Metawell will expand its partnerships by offering wellness and fitness operators the ability to create fully integrated Metawell Suites - combining multiple technologies under one elevated concept.

We are also expanding our portfolio to include the benefits of cryotherapy, red light, and nextgeneration massage. As demand grows for integrated recovery and wellness spaces, Metawell technologies are being seamlessly implemented in some of the world’s most cutting-edge wellness centers, shaping the future of holistic, science-backed wellbeing.

Key personnel

■ Sammy Gharieni , founder and CEO

■ Johnny Gorter, sales director

Sammy Gharieni, CEO & founder

Leisure Management Software

Software

For decades, we’ve worked with the UK’s leading leisure operators, helping them evolve with changing consumer demands. With data intelligence and frictionless self-service at its core, Gladstone provides the tools to stay ahead. Simplify operations, elevate member experiences, and unlock smarter ways to run your leisure centre, university or cluball from one powerful platform.

Gladstone Software

Hithercroft Court, Lupton Road, Wallingford, OX10 9BT, UK

Email: marketing@gladstonesoftware.co.uk

LinkedIn: www.linkedin.com/in/gladstonesoftware

Facebook: www.facebook.com/gladstonesoftware

www.gladstonesoftware.co.uk

About Us

Gladstone Software has been leading digital transformation in Leisure Management for over 40 years. With a deep understanding of the industry’s evolving needs, we deliver cutting-edge solutions that drive digital advancement across leisure centres, universities, and health clubs throughout the UK and Ireland. We support over 500 customers with technology that empowers operators - enhancing customer experience through online joining and booking, streamlining admin tasks, and delivering unique data insights through advanced reporting tools. From intuitive management systems to mobile-friendly tools like the Gladstone Go app, we ensure every customer journey is seamless - whether booking a class online or checking in on the go.

Our innovations help operators attract and retain loyal members, boost revenue, and reduce churn. Today, more than 30,000 licensed users rely on our endto-end leisure management software every day - that’s 3 million consumers engaging with their operators.

Main Products and Services

Gladstone’s software is built to streamline operations, reduce admin burden, and boost engagement. Operators can manage memberships, bookings, scheduling, and access control - all from one platform. Real-time business intelligence tools support data-driven decisions and performance optimisation.

Our Gladstone Go app creates a consistent digital experience for members across web and mobile - allowing easy class booking, membership management, and communication. Our secure cloudbased solutions offer fl exibility, resilience, and peace of mind, backed by ongoing innovation and regular updates.

With decades of experience, we off er scalable solutions for both single-site operators and large multi-site organisations. Our tools enhance engagement, support growth, and improve retention with powerful reporting that highlights trends and performance.

As part of Jonas Software and Constellation Software Inc., we bring global expertise with local focushelping leisure providers grow, engage members, and operate effi ciently.

Key Customers

Places Leisure, Everyone Active, David Lloyd, Fitness First, 3D Leisure, Freedom Leisure, Active Leeds, Falkirk Council, Leicester City Council, Pembrokeshire Council, Brio Leisure, University of Birmingham, University of Cambridge, University of Southampton, Strathclyde University.

Events Attending

PAF Europe, PAF Scotland, Active Net UK & Scotland, Elevate, FIBO, W3Fit.

Future plans

We’re committed to evolving with the industry. In the coming year, we’ll continue to enhance our cloud platform - focusing on user experience, innovation, and security.

Key Personnel

■ Steve Scales , CEO

■ Stephanie Hutchings , CMO

■ Tom Lakeman , CRO

■ Lindsay Micklethwaite , CPO

■ Garry Adamson , COO

■ Mark Osborn , CTO

Steve Scales

WORKING TOGETHER TO SUPPORT STRONGER,

HEALTHIER AND HAPPIER

COMMUNITIES

Thanks to the strong alliance of our outstanding staff teams, loyal customers and trusted partners, GLL continues to deliver measurable physical, mental and social wellbeing to communities across the country.

THANK YOU FOR BEING A PART OF OUR JOURNEY

GLL

GLL Middlegate House, The Royal Arsenal, London, SE18 6SX, UK

X: @better_uk

Instagram: www.instagram.com/better_uk

Facebook: www.facebook.com/BetterUK/ https://www.better.org.uk

About us

We are sport, leisure and culture’s leading charitable social enterprise and worker-owned co-op founded on our purpose and values to provide a different, fairer and better way of doing business. Our purpose is to improve the physical, mental and social wellbeing of local communities. As the UK’s leading provider of both leisure centres and libraries we operate 379 locations in partnership with local authorities and other organisations.

Product range and services

Operating across leisure, health, libraries and sports development, GLL works with partners, stakeholders and customers to build active and sustainable communities and provide accessible facilities for all. We believe in off ering value-formoney and creating fully inclusive, affordable and accessible spaces. Our services are wide-ranging and off er current and potential partners a range of solutions and options for modernised service delivery, value for money and tangible added value.

USPs

GLL is the UK’s largest provider of public swimming pools, school swimming lessons, athletics facilities and public tennis courts, and GP referral programmes. We are the largest single provider of public libraries in the UK. Our GLL Sport Foundation is the UK’s largest independent athlete support programme – which has helped over 31,000 athletes on their sporting journey since 2008, resulting in opportunities for young local sporting talent and dozens of medals at international competition including Olympics, Paralympics and Commonwealth Games.

In 2025 we launched our GLL Literary Foundation to support childrens’ authors with bursaries and mentoring.

Our Gold Investor in People Award and Living Wage Foundation accreditation recognise our positive commitment to fair treatment of our employees. We are rooted in local communities, at the heart of health and wellbeing, producing £1.63 bn of social value annually.

Future plans

Our 2026 strategies and roadmap are already well-shaped and are based on our Five-Year Plan, launched in 2024.

With our positive performance and improved social outcomes during 2024, GLL is well placed to be at the forefront of societal, economic and environmental change.

The future will see us focusing on excellent customer service alongside our social enterprise values and growing our social impact, while new partnerships with Government Departments, NHS, National Agencies and numerous National Charities will support individual wellness and economic outcomes.

Key personnel

■ Peter Bundey, Chief Executive

■ Phil Donnay, Deputy Chief Executive & CFRO

Peter Bundey, Chief Executive
Daryll Neita - GLL Sport Foundation Ambassador
PHOTO: GLL

Gymkit UK

130 Station Road, Whittlesey, Peterborough, PE7 2EY

Tel: 01733 205551

Email: Sales@gymkituk.com

Linkedin: https://uk.linkedin.com/company/gymkituk

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/GymKituk

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/gymkit_uk/ www.gymkituk.com

www.peakpilates.co.uk

www.gymkituk.com/solutions

About us

Since 2003, Gymkit UK has been a trusted distributor of premium fitness and Pilates equipment, flooring, and interiors throughout the UK. With a reputation for quality and reliability we proudly partner with many of the country’s leading health clubs, hotels, and sports facilities and were awarded Fitness Brand of the Year 2025 at the IFS.

Product range and services

Gymkit UK is the exclusive UK distributor for Peak Pilates , a globally respected brand in premium Pilates equipment and instructor training. Based in California and owned by Mad Dogg Athletics (creators of Spinning®), Peak Pilates is trusted by top studios. We also operate an award-winning Pilates Education Centre and showroom in Cambridgeshire. We represent Fit Interiors, Italian specialists in lockers, cubicles, reception desks, and bespoke furnishings. With over 40 years of experience and a Red Dot design award, they deliver elegant, functional solutions supported by a dedicated team of architects.

Our fl ooring division provides high-quality synthetic turf and custom sprint tracks to top UK health clubs

and sports facilities, serving both wholesale and direct clients.

We also distribute niche fi tness and wellness equipment, including exclusive European rights for Teeter Inversion Tables and Renpho smart products.

Retail clients include Currys, Costco, QVC, Tesco, Decathlon, and the Fraser Group (Sports Direct, House of Fraser, etc.).

Key customers

We proudly serve a wide range of high-profile clients, including:

■ Health & Fitness: Pure Gym, Virgin Active, David Lloyd Leisure, Anytime Fitness, 1Rebel, Bannatyne, Jetts, Everyone Active, UFC Gyms, Trib3, Parkwood Leisure, 3D Leisure, FS8

■ Hospitality & Luxury: Harrods, Marriott Hotels, Village Leisure, Ritz Carlton, Louis Vuitton

■ Corporate & Public Sector: JCB, Local Authorities, NHS, UK & US Military

■ Retail: Currys, Argos, Selfridges, QVC, Costco, Decathlon, Sports Direct, House of Fraser, Wiggle, Evans Cycles, Tesco, B&Q.

Future plans

To drive growth and strengthen Gymkit UK’s position, we are focusing on three key

areas: growing demand for Peak Pilates reformers and education, expanding our premium interiors range with innovative designs, and developing our retail sector by building on our strong portfolio and partner network. With expertise and infrastructure in place, we are committed to supporting new and existing customers while delivering beautifully designed products and fostering strong industry relationships across all areas of our business.

Shows attending

Elevate, IFS (International Fitness Showcase), PerformX, FIBO.

Key personnel

■ Howard Braband , Managing Director

■ Kerri Widdowson , General Manager

■ Lou Back , Peak Pilates

Brand Manager

■ Jana Cecotkova , Interiors

Brand Manager

■ Mel Dowland , Commercial Manager

■ Annaleise Vertannes-Smith , Business Support Manager

■ Paul Horton , Operations Manager

GymNation

Control Tower, Motor City, Dubai, United Arab Emirates

X: https://x.com/GymNation_me

LinkedIn: www.linkedin.com/company/gymnationme

Facebook: www.facebook.com/gymnationme

Instagram: www.instagram.com/gymnation_me www.gymnation.com

About us

In 2017, GymNation burst onto the UAE fitness scene, with a mission to become The People’s Gym and an ambition to make improving health and wellbeing by going to the gym less intimidating, more affordable, accessible, and fun for everyone in the region.

Product range and services

Ranging from 25,000 to 60,000 square feet, GymNation is open 24/7, 365 days a year offering:

■ Women’s Wellness Spaces: Ladies only gym areas and group classes, designed for comfort and inclusivity.

■ State-of-the-Art Equipment: Access to more than 500 Matrix cardio machines, free weights, and assisted gym equipment tailored for all fitness levels.

■ Dynamic Group Fitness Classes: Hundreds of complimentary, live, instructor-led group exercise classes including LES MILLS, Zumba and yoga, as well as exclusive signature classes including JumpNation, Sound Healing and BollyNation.

■ On-Demand Flexibility: Thousands of GymNation On Demand virtual classes available 24/7.

Women’s Wellness Spaces: Benefit from ladies only gym areas and group classes, designed for comfort and inclusivity.

■ Expert Personal Training: Our team of certifi ed, experienced personal trainers are on hand to inspire and support every workout.

■ Instagram-Worthy Interiors: Our gyms are filled with photogenic spots, featuring neon lights, motivational quotes, and stylish changing rooms.

■ BLITZ HIIT Studio: Our dedicated boutique HIIT studio is designed for high-intensity, calorie killing workouts.

■ Recovery Zones: Ice and Sauna Recovery Zones for post-workout relaxation.

■ Nutrition On-Site: Refresh and refuel at our Smoothie and Salad Cafés and Refuel Zones, offering healthy options to complement your fi tness journey.

Future plans

Today, GymNation stands at 20 locations across the United Arab Emirates and Saudi Arabia, with over 110,000 members.

In 2025, GymNation plans to open another 20-30 locations across the GCC, and with many more in the pipeline our aim is to become the largest gym chain across the GCC.

CEO

Behind the scenes, we’re diligently advancing our position as a world leading operator in the integration of technology, artificial intelligence, and data analytics. Our commitment extends beyond mere application, aiming to spearhead discussions and set benchmarks within the fitness industry and beyond, ensuring GymNation remains at the cutting edge of innovation. We’re not just building gyms; our vision is to play a lead role as the region’s movement partner, championing healthy and active lifestyles alongside the importance of mental health and well-being.

Key customers

GymNation is a community to support everyone, to celebrate and inspire each other to become better versions of themselves, by living happier, healthier and more active lives.

Key personnel

■ Loren Holland , founder and CEO

■ Frank Afeaki , founder and COO

■ Ant Martland , founder and CCO

■ William Rasmussen-Dean , country director

■ Karl Foster, CTIO

■ Ishan Patil , head of finance

■ Ian Mullane , board member

Loren Holland, Founder and

IndigoFitness

Whitacre Road, Nuneaton, Warwickshire, CV11 6BW, UK

Tel: 01455 890 100

Email: info@indigofitness.com

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/company/indigo-fitness/

Instagram: www.instagram.com/indigo.fitness

TikTok: www.tiktok.com/@indigo.fitness

Pinterest: https://uk.pinterest.com/IndigoFitnessGymDesign/

Blog: https://indigofitness.com/blog/ www.indigofitness.com

About us

We Create Training Spaces

At IndigoFitness, we create intelligent training spaces that elevate fitness facilities across industries. With nearly three decades of experience and hundreds of successful installations, we understand that no two spaces, or clients are the same. That’s why we offer bespoke design, manufacture, and installation services tailored to meet the unique demands of every project.

As a proud UK manufacturer, we combine craftsmanship, innovation, and engineering excellence under one roof. Our in-house design team and manufacturing facility in Warwickshire provide the agility and precision required to deliver premium, made-to-order training solutions. Tailored Solutions from Concept to Completion

From facility planning and 3D gym design to custom gym equipment and specialist gym flooring, we provide a fully integrated service that ensures your space functions as beautifully as it looks.

Premium UK Manufacturing

We are committed to quality, consistency, and control. Our UK-based production gives clients direct access to custom-built

strength and functional training equipment, engineered to the highest standards.

Gym Flooring Expertise

Flooring is more than a surface, it’s a critical part of performance and safety. Our expertise in specifying and installing specialist flooring ensures your facility supports the full spectrum of training methodologies.

Product range and services

We offer a complete suite of solutions for commercial, institutional, and government sectors:

■ Facility Design & 3D Visualisation

■ Strength & Functional Training Equipment

■ Performance Flooring experts

■ Custom Rig, Rack and Storage Design

■ Outdoor Training Solutions

■ Installation

Strategic Partnerships

We are the exclusive UK distributors of:

■ DuraTRAIN & DuraSOUND

premium flooring systems

■ PaviFLEX turf and flooring tiles

■ Carbon Claw combat gear

These partnerships expand our capability to deliver best-in-class solutions across every aspect of your training space.

Rob Coleman, Managing Director

Key customers

Our clients include some of the UK’s most respected organisations across leisure, sport, and defence: Ministry of Defence (MoD), Third Space, Bannatyne, Alliance Leisure, Soho House, Tottenham Hotspur F.C.

Future plans

The future of fitness demands smarter, more adaptable spaces. At IndigoFitness, we’re focused on premium equipment and intelligent gym layouts that maximise performance and flow. We’re bringing our bespoke solutions to sectors like commercial, education and corporate wellness, always with quality, function, and design at the core.

Shows attending

We’re proud to exhibit and engage at leading trade events, including: PerformX, FIBO, Elevate, PAF, ActiveNet, reflecting our position at the forefront of the fitness industry.

Key personnel

■ Rob Coleman , Managing Director

■ Jamie Taylor, Director

■ Nicola Nixon , Marketing Manager

■ Tom Rooke , Key Accounts Manager

An accessible solution for older adults and harder to reach communities together in motion

Attract a new customer group that competitors are not serving

Repurpose under-utilised space with strong financial returns

Transform the lives of local communities by delivering significant physical and mental health improvements

Complement existing health, fitness and leisure activities by providing a non-threatening entry point for non-exercisers

Innerva

3 Queen’s Square Business Park, Huddersfield Road, Holmfirth, West Yorkshire, HD9 6QZ, UK

Tel: 01484 667474

Email: info@innerva.com

LinkedIn: InnervaGroup

Facebook: InnervaGroup

Blog: www.innerva.com/news/blog www.innerva.com

About us

Innerva are a UK manufacturer of ‘Power Assisted Exercise’ equipment for older adults, those with longterm health conditions and anyone uncomfortable in a traditional gym environment. Unlike conventional exercise equipment, Innerva’s electronic power system enables users to work passively or actively, depending on their needs, to improve aerobic fitness, muscular strength, balance, flexibility and social wellbeing. As the user does not have to provide the motive force, they do not have to overcome inertia to use the machines, so it is a perfect choice for anyone new to exercise or those limited by their mobility or health. The vast majority of people who use our equipment would not exercise otherwise.

Product range and services

Our mission is to create innovative exercise solutions that keep older adults and those living with limited mobility physically and socially active throughout their lives. Led by science, our product development team work with academic and university partners to continuously drive innovation and ensure our products

meet the needs of end users. The Innerva circuit model is a range of power assisted exercise machines that provides a full body workout in as little as 30-40 minutes for those who need that extra ‘helping hand’ to exercise, and to do so in a more social environment. With our solution, operators can attract a completely new demographic to their facilities, tap into new revenue streams and develop long term partnerships with health, social care and other third sector providers. importantly, it helps organisations to meet health and community objectives and KPIs, supports older adults to be active and helps users retain their independence as they age.

Key customers

Our key customers span leisure (leisure trusts, council, independent

and private operators), rehabilitation and therapy centres and care.

Future plans

We continue to develop our solution to support active and healthy ageing, working with our health, academic and operator partners to meet the needs of those with long-term health conditions and bridge the gap between fitness and health. This year will see the launch of our new digital solution, and working with the University of Strathclyde, we will roll out the technology enriched rehabilitation offer for stroke patients and those affected by neurological conditions. Our continued international expansion will give the world’s ageing population an accessible exercise solution to improve physical and mental health.

“Our Wellness Hub is at the forefront of our health improvement strategy and has enabled us to forge closer partnerships with the health sector to collaboratively support people to better manage their health conditions. Our hub now has 22 Innerva machines across three rooms, with over 1,200 members visiting regularly to improve their health, activity levels and wellbeing.” Ben Frary, Sports and Health Improvement Manager, Lincs Inspire

JK Group UK and Ireland

17-18 Mead Park, River Way, Harlow, CM20 2SE, UK

Tel: +44 20 8498 7277

Email: wellness@jkgroup-uk.com

Facebook: www.facebook.com/jkwellnessuki

Instagram: www.instagram.com/jkwellnessuki

www.new.wellsystem.com

About Us

We are the UK and Ireland subsidiary of JK Group GmbH, Germany - global leaders in wellness, longevity, and recovery technologies. With over 30 years of experience and a strong heritage of German engineering, we specialise in premium health and fitness solutions. Our mission is to merge advanced science with luxury to deliver exceptional wellbeing, lifestyle, and fitness equipment. Our products are designed and manufactured at our global headquarters in Germany, with a legacy of over 100 years in R&D. This commitment to innovation is matched by our comprehensive Customer Care Programme, covering product support, sales and finance options, installation, maintenance, and marketing assistance.

Product Range and Services

Wellsystem (well system) RedWaveA breakthrough in full-body light therapy, RedWave uses red and near-infrared light to accelerate post-workout recovery. It energises muscles at the cellular level by stimulating ATP production in the mitochondria, supporting faster recovery and boosting energy. This non-invasive,

deeply relaxing experience offers benefits that go beyond recovery alone.

Wellsystem Wave - A touchless sensory massage table that blends AI technology with hydrotherapy, delivering massages that rival handson treatments - while you stay dry and fully clothed. It offers pain relief, muscle relaxation, and stress reduction. Wave also incorporates aromatherapy, chromotherapy, and soothing sounds for a multi-sensory relaxation experience.

Wellsystem HydroSpa - Our latest innovation combines the therapeutic benefits of water, heat, and massage. Float weightlessly while enjoying a chemical-free hydromassage tailored through a user-friendly app. Sessions last 15–30 minutes, with adjustable settings and an optional infraredonly mode. The HydroSpa draws from traditional massage roots while offering a modern, intuitive, and aesthetically refined experience.

Key Customers

As part of JK Group’s global network, we serve over 50 partners worldwide,

including subsidiaries in the USA, the Netherlands, and the UK & Ireland. Our clients include luxury wellness centres, boutique gyms, global health club chains, and elite sports facilities. These include: John Harris Fitness, Planet Fitness, Third Space, Urban Gym Group, XF Gym.

Future Plans

In 2025, JK Group is investing heavily in innovation and talent to expand our reach across wellness and fitness sectors. The newly launched Wellsystem HydroSpa exemplifies our commitment to delivering results-driven, trend-setting products that enhance customer experience while generating additional revenue for operators. Our technology requires no additional staff time, offering seamless integration into any fitness and wellness setting.

Key Personnel

■ James Blower, MD wellness

■ Glenn Hazlett , MD health & beauty

■ Keith Fisher, key account director

■ Lisa Cameron , operations & finance director

James Blower, MD wellness

Kodobi

Albert Embankment, London, SE1

Tel: 0204 505 1985

Email: hello@kodobi.com

LinkedIn: https://uk.linkedin.com/company/kodobi

Facebook: www.facebook.com/thisiskodobi/

Instagram: www.instagram.com/thisiskodobi/ www.kodobi.com

About us

Running a fast-paced fitness business while ensuring safety and compliance is no easy feat. That’s where KODOBI comes in. We go beyond consulting on safety, diversity, and inclusion - we become your strategic partner, helping to future-proof your organisation from the ground up. We focus on action, not excessive processes or paperwork, embedding a strong safety culture into your daily operations. By working collaboratively with your team, we ease the burden of compliance, build internal capability, and strengthen risk management at every level. Since 2008, we’ve supported some of the UK’s leading fitness brands. Our long-standing success with Urban Gym Group - including Gymbox, WIT Training, R.A.D Global, RUNlimited and NOBULL - shows the trust placed in us to protect their people, members, and reputation.

Product range and services

One-size-fits-all doesn’t cut it in this industry. We take time to understand your goals, then apply a people-first approach to develop bespoke strategies. We empower your team with the tools and training needed to create standout, globally recognised experiences.

KODOBI

Gold Standard Safety Compliance:

We deliver top-tier health and safety compliance to ISO, IOSH, and HSE standards. Starting with a detailed gap analysis, we create tailored action plans aligned to your business goals. We handle the legislation, cut the jargon, and give you practical, plain-speaking support to embed a lasting safety-first culture.

Training with Purpose: Fast-moving businesses need equally dynamic training. From first aid and mental health to fire safety, we bring energy, relevance, and engagement to every session. Our interactive, real-world approach ensures your team is prepared, confident, and always up to speed.

Diversity and Inclusion Services: A truly inclusive workplace is essential in today’s fitness industry. We help identify gaps and guide you in developing inclusive policies and practices. The goal? A welcoming environment - physical and digital - where everyone feels safe, respected, and empowered.

Key customers

Urban Gym Group – Gymbox, WIT Training, R.A.D Global, Gymnasium, Friday&, CrossFit Hammersmith, NOBULL, and RUNlimited.

Jamie-Lee Simpson, founder and managing director

Future plans

We’re proud to support Urban Gym Group in their acquisition of Gymbox and continued expansion across Europe. We’re rolling out a seamless, multilingual health and safety strategy - compliance without borders.

With the introduction of Martyn’s Law, we’ll be advising clients on implementing this crucial new legislation. We’re also expanding our team to meet growing demand and to better support our clients’ ambitions.

The fitness industry is evolving rapidly. It needs more than tickbox compliance - it needs bold, collaborative, and strategic solutions that scale with your vision.

At KODOBI, we’re here to help you lead with confidence, raise standards, and push boundaries.

Key personnel

■ Jamie-Lee Simpson , founder and managing director

■ Yasmine Crack-Jennings , operations manager

■ Rachelle Ocampo, operations coordinator

■ Reo Manalo, process analyst

THE 360° SOLUTION FOR YOUR CLUB

With over 55 years of experience, Les Mills is here to help you build scalable group training success - ultimately driving more profit. Explore a partnership that provides you with industryleading solutions: science-backed workouts, thousands of world-class instructors Omnifitness options, expert consultation, and more. YOUR SUCCESS IS OUR BUSINESS – LET’S TALK.

At LES MILLS, we obsess about creating fitness experiences people fall in love with – making exercise more motivating and more enjoyable. That’s why everything we do is designed to get members through your doors and keep them coming back.

Les Mills UK

Les Mills, We Work, 1 Poultry, London, EC2R 8EJ UK

Tel: 0207 264 0200

Email: lmuk.clubs@lesmills.com

Linkedin: www.linkedin.com/company/les-mills-international/ Facebook: www.facebook.com/LesMillsUK

Instagram: www.instagram.com/lesmillsuk/ Tiktok: www.tiktok.com/@lesmills www.lesmills.com/uk

About us

For more than 50 years Les Mills has been leading the way in fitness. We produce 25 group fitness programmes, backed by science, to be experienced in club or at home via Les Mills+.

Every week, millions of people get fit in 21,000 clubs, across 100 countries with the help of 140,000 Les Mills instructors, who bring to life programmes such as BODYPUMP™ (the world’s most popular barbell workout), BODYCOMBAT ™ (martial arts), RPM™ (indoor cycling) and BODYBALANCE™ (new generation yoga).

Product range and services

Gen Z and Millennials account for over 80% of the fitness market, with 87% exercising three or more times per week. Generation Active want power, athleticism, and fitness that serves mental and physical wellbeing. To cater to this generation, Les Mills are innovating with a range of science-backed programmes designed to launch at speed and drive engagement with younger members. Digital is here to stay and is undoubtedly a key component of the new fitness landscape. Virtual and immersive Les Mills studios in-club provide high

quality digital experiences with the added benefits of member retention and authentic, human connection. By providing world-class experiences through group workouts and engaging with members inside and outside of their facility, we’ve helped to support thousands of clubs take the leap into digital fitness alongside a live offering via Les Mills+ and providing the tools for clubs to livestream or build their own video on demand content library with LES MILLS CONTENT.

We offer world class instructor training, with seminars, group discussions, practical workout sessions and teaching practice, assessed by international trainers and presenters, followed up with ongoing development.

For our partners, we also offer CIMSPAaccredited Group Fitness Management training at no additional cost – with proven strategies to maximise attendance and delivering the best member experience.

Future plans

Les Mills will continue to be focused on supporting all club partners with live group fitness and digital experiences. There’s a huge opportunity to engage with Generation Active through our new

Martin Franklin, Les Mills CEO Europe

innovative group training programmes and boutique offering with LES MILLS CONQUER AND CEREMONY, which will remove the barriers to group fitness for nearly a fifth of all members, resulting in increased participation and engagement and driving activity beyond the studio to the gym floor. We changed the game by combining yoga and music to create the category’s biggest programme, BODYBALANCE –delivered in 15 thousand clubs around the world and now we’re innovating once more to help club’s grab a bigger slice of the booming mind/body category and attract the next generation of club members. We are continuing to invest in our instructors with our commitment to training and ongoing development. This includes offering instructors a multitude of platforms to learn from which recognises progression in teaching and enables instructors to achieve mastery in the art of group fitness. In an industry as trend-driven as the fitness sector, it’s vital to keep pace with changing consumer preferences so we’re always working on the next big thing that’s going to keep our club partners ahead of the curve.

Key personnel

■ Martin Franklin , Les Mills CEO, Europe

Matrix Fitness

Trent House, 234 Victoria Road, Fenton, Stoke on Trent, Staffordshire, ST4 2LW, UK

Tel: 01782 644900

Email: info@matrixfitness.co.uk

LinkedIn: www.linkedin.com/company/matrix-fitness-uk

Instagram: http://instagram.com/matrixfitnessuk/

Facebook: www.facebook.com/MatrixFitnessUK

www.matrixfitness.com

About us

Matrix Fitness, the world’s fastestgrowing commercial fitness brand, offers innovative commercial fitness equipment that stands out and sets new industry standards. At Matrix, it’s our mission to make your fitness facility everything you ever dreamed it could be.

Matrix provides equipment to facilities in all market sectors including private health clubs, residential housing, hotels, local authorities, schools, corporate gyms, professional sports teams and the uniformed services. We are there to be your trusted partner, going far beyond simply providing equipment.

Product range and services

Our comprehensive product portfolio ensures we can meet the requirements of all facilities. From HVLP’s including PureGym, the Gym Group and JD Gyms through to high end hospitality such as Four Seasons, the Savoy and the Shard, as well as global franchises Snap and Anytime Fitness. We have you covered. Count on us for meaningful innovations that makes our equipment a joy to own, service and use. And, as

always, trust us to put your brand and your business first. Our specialist teams will support every step of the way, not only in planning your facility, but well beyond the install with exceptional repair and servicing (our network includes over 40 service and repair technicians), help maximise equipment features for your members, and providing education and support on the industry’s burning topics.

Future plans

The Onyx Collection of CV products was carefully crafted to meet and exceed the needs of high-end health clubs and luxury hotels. Every touch point and every element of the Onyx Collection was designed to be exceptional, immersive, and unlike anything else in our portfolio and we are delighted to have partnered with Four Seasons Hotel Ten Trinity in London for the first UK installation.

Beyond the launch of our redesigned Upper Body Cycle and the wonderfully simple but effective Stretch Platform, we are also launching over 8 new pieces of plate loaded equipment.

Matrix doesn’t just manufacture equipment - we craft strength training innovations that evolve with your fitness facility and your lifters. We listen to owners, trainers and users to put real-world insights at the heart of our designs, captivating a new generation and delivering solutions that outperform the ordinary in better, smarter ways. Choose Matrix, and discover strength that never rests.

Key personnel

■ Matt Pengelly, Managing Director

■ Chris Brown , Sales Director

■ Julian Taylor, Commercial Director

Matt Pengelly

Merrithew®

– Leaders in Mindful Movement™

500-2200 Yonge St, Toronto, Ontario, M4S 2C6, Canada

Tel: 1 800 910 000

Email: Info@merrithew.com

LinkedIn: www.linkedin.com/company/merrithew/ Facebook: www.facebook.com/merrithew

Instagram: www.instagram.com/merrithew/ www.merrithew.com

About us

Merrithew® is the global leader in mindbody education and equipment. As the creator of STOTT PILATES®, the most respected name in contemporary Pilates, we’ve empowered fi tness professionals for over 35 years to build impactful, careers that transforms lives. We offer a fully integrated ecosystem that includes science-based training and certifi cation, premium precision-engineered equipment, business development resources and a global community of movement leaders. Whether you’re an aspiring instructor or an established studio owner, Merrithew is your partner in growth and excellence.  .

Product range and services

A Global Leader in Mindful Movement: With more than 250 training centers worldwide and over 80,000 students trained, our globally recognized certifi cation courses refl ect decades of leadership in the Pilates and fi tness space. Merrithew is The Professional’s Choice™ for high-quality, long-term success in mindful movement.

Our Merrithew Connect™ platform expands this reach—offering on-

demand access to expert-led workouts, masterclasses, and instructor resources. Anytime, anywhere.

Our Integrated Approach:  At Merrithew, we bring together the best of education and equipment to deliver lasting results for instructors and their clients. Our industry-leading equipment used in studios, clinics and homes around the world—includes bestsellers like the CE certifi ed V2 Max Plus™ Reformer bundle with HPGB, Split-Pedal Stability Chair, Halo® Trainer Plus and dualpurpose Stability Barrel™ Lite.

In parallel, our certifi cation programs— led by  STOTT PILATES®and including ZEN•GA®, CORE™ Athletic Conditioning & Performance Training™, Total Barre®, Halo® Training and Merrithew® Fascial Movement—are internationally recognized for their depth, precision, and relevance to real-world practice.

Key customers

Merrithew has a strong presence across multiple business sectors, partnering with boutique fi tness studios, wellness and rehab clinics, hospitality and residential wellness programs, professional sports teams, universities, schools, and

training institutions. Whether you’re just starting your career or represent a global brand, we provide tools and training designed to grow with you.

Future plans

We’re committed to innovation that supports our users and educators— integrating advanced materials and thoughtful design into our equipment, expanding fl exible digital learning tools, and responsibly exploring AI to enhance movement and learning outcomes.

As Pilates gains broader recognition across fi tness, rehab, athletic conditioning performance, and active aging, Merrithew is committed to leading with purpose, integrity, and a passion for excellence.

Key personnel

■ Jim Heidenreich , CEO

■ Beth Gibbs-Bartel , Chief Revenue Offi cer

■ Etienne de Pierrefeu , Vice President, Commercial Sales

■ Nichole Jardine , Vice President, Education Sales

■ Meghan Gogan Diesveld , Vice President, Marketing & Communications

Jim Heidenreich – CEO

Myzone

Suite 305, Third Floor, Merchants Court, 21-23 Castle Gate, Nottingham, Nottinghamshire, NG1 7AQ, UK

Tel: 0115 777 3333

X: https://x.com/myzonemoves

LinkedIn: www.linkedin.com/company/myzone-moves

Facebook: www.facebook.com/myzonemoves

Instagram: www.instagram.com/myzonemoves

www.myzone.org

About us

Myzone is a fitness tracker and social platform that rewards effort, making exercise more inclusive and motivating. It offers accurate heart rate tracking, realtime feedback, and gamified experiences through wearables, gym screens, and smartwatches, including Apple and Android. Designed for gym owners, trainers, and fitness enthusiasts, Myzone fosters community, accountability, and engagement. Founded in 2011, it now supports over 9,000 facilities worldwide. With MEPs (Myzone Effort Points), every movement counts, encouraging people to live healthier lives. Myzone’s mission is to make physical activity measurable, rewarding, and accessible - uniting users through movement, one heartbeat at a time.

Product range and services

Gym Hardware and Software

Myzone is a plug-and-play fi tness system that helps gyms better understand and engage members. We handle the setup and guide you through integrating digital displays, tablets, heart rate monitors, optional class timetables, community challenges, and marketing materials. Learn more at myzone.org/software.

MZ-Open

This smartwatch software lets members connect to Myzone via Apple or Android smartwatches, turning competitors into community builders. It enhances engagement and retention by allowing users to track and be rewarded for effort, regardless of the device used. Simply invite members to download the app, subscribe, and start moving.

MZ-Switch

The MZ-Switch is the world’s fi rst interchangeable exercise tracker, usable on the chest, arm, or wrist. It features ECG and PPG sensors, a light indicator, built-in memory, and functions in the gym, outdoors, or in water. With up to six months of battery life per charge, it offers versatility and motivation. More at myzone.org/devices.

MZ-3 & MZ-1

The MZ-3 is a chest-worn heart rate monitor with memory and adaptability. The MZ-1 is a more affordable, accurate option designed for member engagement. Both track effort and help users reach fi tness goals.

Jonathan Monks, director EMEA

Key customers

Myzone serves gyms, studios, franchises, and personal trainers, as well as sectors like education, corporate wellness, and elite sports, enhancing motivation, tracking effort, and building connected fi tness communities.

Future plans

Myzone will lead B2B connected fi tness with real-time effort tracking, helping gyms stand out. Expect new wearables, software, and features focused on simplifi cation, gamifi cation, and community. These innovations will boost engagement, retention, and data-driven insights, delivering bottom-line benefi ts for operators while enhancing member experience.

Shows attending

HFA, FIBO, SIBEC, IDEA World, Elevate, Beyond Activ America, W3Fit, Dubai Active, Independent Gyms Winter Conference.

Key personnel

■ Jay Worthy, global CEO

■ Tom Davies , global marketing director

■ Jonathan Monks , director EMEA

Orbit4

7 School Lane, Hartford, Cheshire, CW8 1NP, UK

Tel: +44 333 034 1637

Email: info@orbit4.org

X: @Orbit4_ Instagram: @orbit4_

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/company/orbit4

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/0rbit4/

Blog: https://orbit4.org/news/ https://orbit4.org/

About us

Orbit4 is revolutionising facility management for fi tness operators with an innovative all-in-one platform that outperforms traditional solutions. Thanks to Orbit4, you’ll always have full visibility of your equipment inventory, the true market value of your assets and its entire service history. Our unique algorithms ensure that our customers receive actionable insights via asset usage and total cost of ownership data. This can lead to accurate procurement decisions being made when equipment approaches the all-important sweet spot of the best time to purchase new products. With our seamless digital ticketing module, operators and integrated connected service providers can efficiently communicate until service tickets are completed and closed. Easy to read service performance metrics and business data

“Amazing software - without doubt the best tool for the job. Never going back to email ever again”

Josh Costello, Head of Sales & Marketing, JD Gyms

provides a compelling dashboard and reporting solution so that management can optimise their service agreements and relationships with partners.

With the addition of our dynamic operational checklist module, operators can create bespoke checklists for staff. For example, opening / closing procedures, health & safety checks and cleaning routines. The solution is connected to the ticketing module so that any outstanding tasks within the checklist can trigger tickets to other members of staff to complete so that general facility maintenance is maximised at every corner.

Our goal is to deliver an awesome piece of software that’s going to change and improve the operations of our fi tness facilities across the globe. Providing more data to everyone, improving the customer experience for our members and driving operational excellence.

Product range and services

■ Asset Management: Orbit4 provides visibility of every asset, tracks maintenance events, and triggers datadriven decisions over the asset’s lifespan.

Steve Ruffell, Country Manager - UK

■ Service Ticketing: Connects assets to service providers via Orbit4’s ticket manager, allowing effi cient ticket raising and service performance tracking.

■ Management Dashboard: Offers a helicopter view for owners and managers to monitor facilities and assets, with transparent business and service performance metrics.

■ Connected Ecosystem: Provides actionable insights through the Action Centre, facilitating negotiation of service contracts and recommending the right product mix based on usage and ownership metrics.

Key customers

JD Gyms, GymBox, Third Space, Anytime Fitness, Holmes Place, GymNation, B-Fit, Glasgow Life, Life Leisure, YourTrustRochdale, BwD Leisure.

Key personnel

■ Daniel Jones , CEO

■ Steve Ruffell , Country Manager, UK and Ireland

■ Kev Forester, Business Development Manager, UK and Ireland

Panatta Srl

Tel/WhatsApp: +39 0733611824

Email: infouk@panattasport.it

Instagram: @panattaofficial

LinkedIn: Panatta

Facebook: @Panattasport

www.panattasport.com

About us

Panatta is a historic fitness brand offering one of the widest ranges of products on the market, across all sectors, ages and types of training. Our mission is to create machines that are aesthetically pleasing, functional and competitive in price that are entirely produced in Italy. We offer more than 600 products and 2,000 colour combinations to create exclusive, limited edition machines, according to the needs and tastes of each customer. Born from the passion of our founder Rudi Panatta, the company’s roots are held in the origins of physical culture. Growing over 6 decades up to become the Italian brand of fitness and bodybuilding recognised all over the world.

Product news

Our brand offers a complete range of strength, cardio, and functional products, designed for all users - from beginners to professionals training at the highest levels. The main news is:

■ FREEWEIGHT: A full-optional icon of plate-loaded training that expresses the Panatta DNA in all its power. The line is designed for maximum safety and biomechanical precision, combining

performance and user-friendliness. Continuously enriched with new models and unique solutions, such as the Super Vertical Multi Press, the Three Angles Triceps or the Pendulum Squat. In 2024, Panatta introduced the Freeweight One line: a more compact and accessible range that maintains the same high standards of biomechanics and performance.

■ FANTASTIC LINE: A tribute to the Golden Era of bodybuilding, combining Panatta’s iconic 1980s design with modern biomechanics and cutting-edge engineering. The line features old school aesthetics, maintenance-free chain drive, customdesigned CAMs for optimal load curves, and ultra-durable steel structures. Built to withstand heavy-duty training, just like 40 years ago, with increased weight stacks and robust construction - perfect for today’s champions and legends alike.

■ ROSSOPURO CARDIO FITNESS: Toplevel cardio training, 100% Designed and Made in Italy. A complete range for safe, effective, and high-performance workouts. In 2024, the line grows with the Climber, ideal for glutes and legs. The Climb Rossopuro features a compact design, wide console with enhanced controls, bottle holder, and a smart LED system to show machine status.

Heart rate sensors, remote controls, and safety systems make it perfect for all users.

Services

■ 3D layout projects

■ Panatta Fitness Atelier to customise products with more than 2,000 colours combinations

■ After sales support: organized network of expert technicians on the territory.

Key customers

Our key customers are B2B and we work with all the main targets in our sector (particularly independent clubs, but also leisure centres and gym chains). We are also working in some other interesting markets, such as hotel chains, corporate fitness and home fitness.

Future plans

Innovation is always part of our plan. The company never stops investing and stimulating the market with over 40 new products to be launched in 2024.

Shows attending

Arnold Sports Ohio, HFA , Riyadh Muscle Show, Arnold Sports Ohio, Arnold Sports South America, FIBO, Rimini Wellness, Elevate, Dubai Pro, Aus Fitness Expo, Expo Sport Izmir, Dubai Muscle Show.

Edoardo Panatta, Vice President

Creating strong, lasting partnerships, to encourage happier and healthier lifestyles

Parkwood Leisure

3 De Salis Ct, Hampton Lovett, Droitwich Spa, Worcester, Worcestershire, WR9 0QE, UK

Tel: 01905 388500

Email: business.development@parkwood-leisure.co.uk

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/company/parkwood-leisure/ www.parkwoodleisure.co.uk

About us

Parkwood Leisure provides bespoke management and professional support services for leisure, cultural, and health and wellbeing facilities. With 30 years of experience, we manage over 75 facilities across England and Wales, working with sub-contractors Lex Leisure CIC, Legacy Leisure, and Creating Active Futures. Parkwood also supports eight golf courses under Glendale Golf (with Lex Leisure CIC), fi ve theatres under Parkwood Theatres, outdoor activity centres (including Plas Menai National Outdoor Centre with Legacy Leisure), and visitor attractions like indoor rainforest zoo Plantasia and heritage sites Pavilion Gardens in Buxton and Rufford Abbey Country Park. Additionally, Parkwood offers professional support to local authority trading companies and CVSE organisations in marketing, finance, HR, business systems, and IT, enabling them to focus on community delivery. With expertise in design, build, operation, and maintenance, and in partnership with sister company Parkwood Project Management, we have led consortia management for 14 new-build projects.

Product range and services

Parkwood Leisure off ers bespoke management services for a range of leisure facilities and health and wellbeing services. Our unique approach is backed by more than 25 years of experience, which has seen the organisation grow to managing more than 75 facilities across England and Wales, working with our sub-contractors Lex Leisure CIC and Legacy Leisure.

Parkwood also supports Lex Leisure CIC managing eight golf courses under the Glendale Golf brand, four theatres, outdoor activity centres (including the Plas Menai National Outdoor Centre, in partnership with Legacy Leisure) and visitor attractions, including indoor rainforest zoo Plantasia, and heritage sites Pavilion Gardens in Buxton and Rufford Abbey Country Park. The organisation has extensive experience in design, build, operation and maintenance. Working in partnership with sister company Parkwood Project Management, we have led the consortia management of 14 new-build projects.

Key customers

More than 30 local authorities and public sector partners across England and Wales, including the London Borough of Bexley, London Borough of Lewisham, Boston, Cardiff City, Swansea, North Devon, Erewash, Vale of Glamorgan, Rushcliffe Borough, North Somerset, Bristol City, Nottinghamshire County, Cherwell, the Royal Parks and Sport Wales.

Future plans

Over the next 12 months, we will continue to work with our partners to increase physical activity, tackle health inequality in the communities we serve and make a measurable difference to the quality of life of our customers. In particular, we will be focusing on the development of our My Healthy Way community wellbeing offer, supporting communities which are not traditional users of leisure facilities.

Key personnel

■ Glen Hall , managing director

■ Giles Rawlinson , commercial & finance director

■ Alex Godfrey, operations director

■ Andy Farr, strategic director

■ Graham Airey, IT Director

Glen Hall, managing director

Physical

The Works, Wycombe Road, Stokenchurch, Buckinghamshire, HP14 3RR, UK

Tel: +44 (0)1494 769 222

Email: sales@physicalcompany.co.uk

LinkedIn: www.linkedin.com/company/physical-company/

Facebook: www.facebook.com/Physical.Company

Instagram: @physicalcompany/ X (Twitter): @physicalcompany www.physicalcompany.co.uk

About us

Established in 1989, we are a trusted partner to customers that span the full spectrum of the health and fi tness industry. Our priority is to provide an exceptional customer experience, so we’ve grown without losing the personal touch of our original family business. Blending an unparalleled product portfolio with best-in-class service, quick deliveries, great warranties and no-quibble returns, our customers rely on us to interpret the market, understand their needs and deliver the right solution every time.

Product range and services

Our extensive portfolio of fi t-forpurpose, commercial-grade products spans rigs to racks to reformers, lifting platforms to functional kit, CV to studio equipment – and everything in between, all with the reassurance of full commercial warranties. Meanwhile, our high-performance gym fl ooring ranges optimise member experience and safety across every training zone. We believe in the power of partnership, too, so while we expand our highquality Physical range, we also partner with world-leading specialists such as

Airex, BOSU, Ecore Athletic, Merrithew, seca and Power Plate, among others. It’s a best-in-class approach that allows customers to cherry-pick their perfect blend of products – all underpinned by Physical’s unbeatable customer service.

Key customers

Virgin Active, Anytime Fitness, Planet Fitness, Jetts Fitness, Village Gyms, Freedom Leisure, GLL, Glasgow Life, The Shredquarters, Snap Fitness, Halo Leisure, Edinburgh Leisure, JD Gyms, Liverpool City Council, Serco and many more.

Future plans

We continue to develop our Physical range, reimagining customer favourites to make them better than ever; 2025 launches include our innovative new RBX Studio Dumbbells, a redesigned Evo bench and a new modular rack. We’ll also be adding a wide

range of exciting new colour options to our Ecore fl ooring ranges.

Shows attending

PerformX, FIBO, Elevate, Physical Activities Forum (PAF), The Flooring Show.

Key personnel

■ John Halls , Managing Director

■ James Anderson , Director of Sales & Marketing

“We wanted next-level equipment from a reliable, trustworthy, ideally UK-based company. We also wanted competitive prices with no compromise in product quality. Physical ticked all these boxes and more, with great customer service and easy access to the team from start to finish.” Lindsey Perry – head of group exercise, The Thames Club

John Halls, Managing Director

Places Leisure

The Gurney Office, Building Three, Riverside Way, Watchmoor Park, Camberley, Surrey, GU15 3UL, UK

enquiries@pfpleisure.org

www.linkedin.com/company/places-for-people-leisure/ www.facebook.com/placesleisure

www.instagram.com/places_leisure

www.placesleisure.org

As part of Places for People, we are one of the UK’s leading social enterprises, welcoming more than 30 million visitors to over 100 health and wellbeing facilities across the nation annually.

We aim to enlighten our communities about the benefits of a healthy lifestyle in collaboration with local authorities, customers and partners both within our thriving community hub and out in the wider community. By understanding the needs of the community we aim to create behavioural changes that improve the physical and mental wellbeing of individuals and social wellbeing of the collective.

Places Leisure (formally DC Leisure) was established in 1991 and steadily grew from four facilities in 1994 to more than 100 today.

The business was privately owned until 2012 before being acquired in a groundbreaking move by Places for People; becoming the first leisure provider to join forces with a housing provider.

Product range and services

Our vibrant and attractive spaces encourage communities to play sport,

socialise and engage in physical activity. Across the country we have over 65 swimming facilities, 85 topclass gyms, over 150 workout spaces, more than 60 sports halls, as well as squash and padel courts.

From guiding a child through their first strokes in the water to offering a place where goals are established – we offer safe spaces and promote every form of health.

We are not just focused on providing great facilities we also deliver multiple community-focused programmes and generating social value work helping to improve wellbeing for the communities we serve, including the Big Sister Project and our Move through Menopause programme.

Using the Moving Communities

Social Value Calculator, which assesses the local impact on health, education, subjective wellbeing and crime, Places Leisure generated an estimated £155m of social value in FY 2023-24.

We also welcome clubs, charities and societies to utilise the spaces available they can become the beating heart of the community. We have libraries, banks, GP surgeries and even pottery courses operating from our sites.

Key customers

Our key customers are our members, our clients, our local authority partners, and our communities. Our services have something for everyone no matter their life stage. We have swimming lessons for both adults and children, support sessions for wellbeing groups, gym classes for adults, and several tailored programmes which are helping to make physical activity more accessible to all.

Future plans

Over the next 12 months, we will continue to collaborate with our partners to promote physical activity, address health inequalities in our communities, and work to enhance the quality of life for our customers in a meaningful way.

Key personnel

■ Belinda Steward , Managing Director

■ Dan Walker, Business Development Director

■ Tatiana Hagan , Finance Director

■ Tom Goodhand , Operations Director

■ Keiron Butcher, IT Director

■ Keith Evans , Director of Safety and Risk

Power Plate

FORA, 20 Eastbourne Terrace, London, Greater London, W2 6LG

Tel: +44 (0)20 7317 5000

Email: sales@powerplate.com

LinkedIn: www.linkedin.com/company/power-plate-uk

Facebook: www.facebook.com/PowerPlateUK

Instagram: www.instagram.com/powerplateuk

www.powerplate.co.uk

About us

Power Plate is owned, manufactured and distributed by U.S. based Performance Health Systems LLC, a global company delivering advanced technology solutions through health and wellness equipment.

Product range and services

Our range of products include whole body vibration platforms, targeted vibration products and the ground breaking REV(™) , combining to create a broad and compelling offering of health, fi tness and wellness solutions to health clubs and fi tness facilities worldwide.

USPs

Power Plate’s patented PrecisionWave(™) Technology delivers unique harmonic vibration that helps users feel better whilst stimulating natural refl exes, increasing muscle activation and improving circulation. Power Plate delivers accelerated health, fi tness, wellness and recovery results.

Key customers

Accomplish Fitness, Everyone Active (SLM), Fusion Lifestyle, Village Gyms, Bannatynes, DLL, Nuffi eld Health,

Anytime Fitness, Energie Fitness, Radisson Hotels, Hilton Hotels, Feel Good Fitness, Leap Fitness, Champneys.

Future plans

Celebrating 25 Years of Excellence, Power Plate is excited for 2025! In addition to several new product introductions that are set to elevate the exercise experience in 2025, we are looking forward to building on our biohacking experience with a continued focus on integrating alternative complementary therapies such as red light therapy (RLT) to enhance longevity, recovery and overall well-being. Additionally, we look to help health clubs meet member demand for

longevity solutions through products and applications that help optimise bone health and VO2 Max, two key markers of human healthspan.

Key personnel

■ Iain Murray, Managing Director, U.K.

“We combine Power Plate and red light therapy in all our small group classes - it is an incredible tool for people of all levels and I can adjust the vibration to challenge everyone just the right amount. We’re also achieving remarkable results by using Power Plate and red light therapy together, accelerating recovery and fitness gains and benefiting people’s bodies and minds in so many different ways.” Natt Summers, Accomplish Fitness.

Iain Murray, Managing Director, U.K
Power Plate used with Red Light Therapy

YOUR GYM, THEIR JOURNEY

CARDIO

Top performing cardio products with superior feel, innovative motions, and unbeatable performance.

STRENGTH CONNECTED FITNESS

WELLNESS 20 years of strength innovation meets world class quality and reliability. World class software solutions and cardio consoles for your fitness business.

Patented red and infrared light therapy solutions, designed for fitness, wellness, and recovery spaces.

Precor

Lyon Way, Frimley, Surrey, GU16 7ER, UK

Tel: +44 1276 548 528

Email: precor.uk@precor.com

LinkedIn: www.linkedin.com/company/precor

Facebook: www.facebook.com/PrecorIncorporated

Instagram: www.instagram.com/precoruk

www.precor.co.uk

About us

We promise precision-quality products with steadfast reliability that are inspired by exercisers and built to perform for the world’s best fitness facilities. For more than 40 years we have been empowering exercisers, trainers, business owners, and operators with world-class fitness solutions. We provide fitness and wellness equipment to all market segments, including commercial clubs/facilities, Hospitality, Residential, Corporate, and Education. We pride ourselves on being able to offer a turnkey solution, which also includes 2D and 3D design services, marketing and aftersales support, and service contracts.

Product range and services

We build equipment that’s easy and intuitive for exercisers to use and for you to maintain. Precor products and services span all major categories, including wellness, cardio, strength, functional fitness, group training, and connected solutions. With a complete portfolio of selectorized, plate loaded, cables and free weight options for your entire strength floor we bring

out the lifter in every body. Working in partnership with Glutebuilder®, we have introduced a revolutionary range of biomechanically precise glute training products. Collaborating with BeaverFit we recently introduced a new functional strength training line. Our comprehensive range of cardio equipment features proven designs, high performance parts and premium materials, allowing you the flexibility to match your facility’s needs with your diverse exercise community. We also design and deploy expert connected fitness products and services based on feedback from our global network of more than 143,000 connected Precor products and over 1.2 billion recorded workouts. Precor offers multiple cardio consoles and digital partner integrations, including EGYM, Peloton workouts and RunTV, to increase attraction, drive engagement, and improve your ownership experience. By partnering with Wellness USA, a pioneer in red and infrared light therapy technologies, we also ensure you have access to the best commercial wellness products on the market.

Key customers

Customers include David Lloyd Clubs, Anytime Fitness, and Hilton Hotels, plus numerous single site operators, education facilities, local authorities and trusts.

Future plans

We will continue to develop and bring to market innovative fitness and wellness solutions. Our upcoming plans include the Breakaway Treadmill; our first Slat Belt Treadmill, three new Glutebuilder products along with guides and support for creating high-impact glute training zones. We will also continue to develop our connected fitness solutions, with the deployment of smart watch and smart wallet functionality. Sustainability will continue to feature heavily in our future planning. We are committed to building better products – and a better planet –and our sustainability roadmap emphasizes continuous innovation and adaptation to drive forward-thinking solutions for energy efficiency and environmental stewardship.

Key personnel

■ Simon Overing , Sales Director, EMEA

■ Lauren Finnigan , Marketing Manager, EMEA

Simon Overing

EXCLUSIVE UK PARTNER TO DHZ STRENGTH PRODUCTS & SPLAN FITNESS MIRROR REMANUFACTURED KIT AND CUSTOMISATION OPTIONS.

NATIONWIDE COVERAGE, FULL SERVICE CONTRACTS TO ONE OFF VISITS. FROM ELECTRICAL, UPHOLSTERY, REPAIRS AND GENERAL ASSET MANAGEMENT.

RELOCATION AND REMOVAL OF PART OR FULL FACILITY.

TRADE IN ANY FITNESS KIT.

PSLT Ltd

Innovation Works, Gisburn Road, Barrowford, Lancashire BB9 8NB

Tel: 01282 969616

Email: info@pslt.co.uk

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/company/pslt-limited/

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/pslt.ltd/

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/pslt.ltd

X: https://mobile.twitter.com/psltltd www.pslt.co.uk

About us

PSLT are dedicated to offering our clients an unrivalled service across every division of our organisation. We have a team of over 30 dedicated staff that share our passion to deliver excellence and ensure our client experience is the best it can be. We have over 30 years of experience in the fi tness and service industry, we understand our customers needs and have a culture of over delivering rather than over promising..

Product range and services

PSLT offer a range of new and refurbished fitness equipment being the UK supplier of DHZ equipment and the SPLAN Fitness Mirror, in addition we offer maintenance, repair and on site upholstery service nationwide, with a network of

engineers in fully equipped vans to enable a first time fix wherever possible.

PSLT remanufacture all types of gym equipment at its factory, where we have our own shot blasting and powder coating facility enabling us to bespoke and tailor kit to our clients requirements in addition, we employ our own logistics team to give us the ability to deliver the equipment, carry out gym re-locations and BUYBACK Second hand gym kit. We offer a range of plate loaded and fixed resistance covering top of the range to more affordable offerings, benches, power racks and rigs, all can be designed to spec in almost any colour. PSLT offer in house finance, short and long time kit rentals, we even refresh some of our clients own gym kit, bringing it back to a like new condition.

“We have been working with PSLT for over 3 years. We have an exclusive service contract with them, including on site upholstery which cover over 120 sites. They are a delight to work with and always go the extra mile. They always over deliver instead of over promising like a lot of our historic service providers. I could not recommend them highly enough.”

Sarah Roberts, Head of Fitness and Healthy Communities at PFP

Graham Bertrand, Managing Director

Key customers

We are proud to partner to name a few Places leisure, Everyone Active, 1 LIFE, Place Leisure, Village hotels and Snap Fitness.

Future plans

We intend to build on our success investing in new technologies making our organisation more effi cient and looking at constant improvement to ensure we are always off ering our clients best service and best value. We launched a Customer Service Portal at the beginning of 2025, ensuring that all service can be managed in house. We work across Europe and beyond, searching for quality partners to represent the brand worldwide. Our aim is leading effi ciency and a client experience that we can be proud of, we continue to expand our service department taking on newly trained engineers, new vehicles and new asset based systems.

Key personnel

■ Graham Bertrand , Managing Director

■ Hafsa Arif, Financial Director

■ Rachel Palfreman , Sales Manager

Pulse Fitness

Radnor Park, Greenfield Road, Congleton, Cheshire, CW12 4TW, England

Tel: 01260 294600

LinkedIn: www.linkedin.com/company/pulse-fitness

Instagram: www.instagram.com/pulsefitness_official/

Youtube: www.youtube.com/@pulsefitnessuk

https://pulsefitness.com/ Chris Johnson

About us

Pulse Fitness is an international provider of commercial and home fitness facilities. As well as offering operators 360-degree leisure solutions, Pulse Fitness also designs and develops technologically advanced equipment for the sector. With an award-winning portfolio of over 450 pieces of cutting-edge, premium fitness equipment, Pulse Fitness is proud to expertly design, develop and manufacture its products in the UK.

Product range and services

Pulse Fitness offers a variety of different equipment ranges, from Classic, Club, Dual and Premium Strength Lines including popular kit such as the Shoulder Press, Abductor and Seated Row machines. The range also comprises an extensive supply of Cardiovascular equipment, including the newly launched Step Mill –designed for a low-impact, high-intensity workout experience. Featuring Pulse’s

advanced console technology, the Step Mill offers OnDemand workouts of varying intensities and seamless connectivity through Apple GymKit, Strava and Miracast, catering to all fitness levels.

As well as a range of high-quality Strength and Cardiovascular machines, Pulse Fitness designs and produces a variety of Free Weight and Functional accessories to supplement any workout, at home or in the gym. We are also proud to lead the market with our Inclusive Line, currently comprising 18 strength and cardio machines tailored to the needs of disabled users. Key features include swing seats for easy wheelchair access, multiple adjustment handles to support limited mobility, and high-visibility colour schemes for visually impaired users.

Each Pulse Fitness product is expertly designed for quality and performance, rigorously tested to meet the highest standards before being introduced to the market.

“We have been thoroughly impressed by Pulse Fitness. Their equipment incorporates the very best in British design alongside some of the most innovative and advanced technology from around the world.” Rob Beale, Fitness Director, Third Space

Future plans

At Pulse Fitness, innovation and inclusivity remain at the core of our future strategy. This year, we are proud to be launching TRAKK 2.0 – an enhanced, web-based evolution of our digital ecosystem. Designed to meet the growing demand for intelligent, data-driven solutions, TRAKK 2.0 offers seamless access to real-time insights across any device, empowering operators, personal trainers and members to optimise performance and engagement like never before.

Alongside this digital advancement, Pulse Fitness is continuing to champion accessibility with the ongoing development of our Inclusive Line. In partnership with two-time Paralympian Ian Marsden, we are committed to driving change across the fitness industry by encouraging operators to adopt a more inclusive mindset and incorporate accessible equipment into their facilities. Through collaboration, innovation and education, we aim to break down barriers and help make fitness spaces welcoming for all.

Key personnel

■ Chris Johnson , Managing Director

■ Richard Sheen , Commercial Sales Director

Pure Energy Music

Tileyard North, Wakefield , West Yorkshire, WF1 5FT, UK

Email: support@pureenergymusic.com

LinkedIn: www.linkedin.com/company/pureenergymusic/

Facebook: www.facebook.com/PureEnergyMusic

Instagram: www.instagram.com/pureenergymusic

https://pureenergymusic.com

About us

Founded in 1992 by CEO Andy Pickles, Pure Energy Music brings decades of music industry experience to the fitness world. With 13 international Number 1 singles as a producer and 25 years of global touring as a DJ, Andy also cofounded the renowned Tidy Trax label.

Pure Energy Music is a specialist music service built specifically for the fitness industry. Our innovative app delivers expertly curated music tailored to different workout formats - designed to boost motivation and enhance performance. We directly license all our music, ensuring compliance and eliminating copyright concerns for instructors and operators. This approach also unlocks significant cost savings and delivers seamless soundtracks for group classes.

Created by fitness professionals for fitness professionals, the Pure Energy Music app includes unique features like a BPM controller, Interval Timer, and Expert Recommendations. Instructors are empowered with the ideal soundtrack for every session, making it easier to create powerful group exercise experiences.

We are trusted by leading operators including David Lloyd and Everyone Active,

and used by thousands of instructors across more than 450 fitness locations nationwide.

Our Products & Services

Since our founding, we’ve been revolutionising workout experiences with music made specifically for fitness. In 2020, we launched a cutting-edge streaming app that delivers programmeled music to instructors, transforming both delivery and member experience.

Our music supports a wide range of workout types - from high-intensity HIIT and cycle classes to mindful yoga and meditation sessions. Every track is crafted by leading producers and vetted by fitness professionals to match tempo and intensity, helping users stay motivated and perform at their best.

Whether it’s a driving house beat or a calming soundscape, our catalogue is designed to enhance both physical performance and emotional wellbeing. All content is fully licensed, giving instructors peace of mind.

Our service combines quality, customisable playlists with comprehensive licensing—making it a simple, effective solution for fitness providers to deliver standout group exercise sessions.

Shows attending PerformX, International Fitness Showcase (IFS)

Key customers

David Lloyd, Everyone Active, Fitness First, Snap Fitness 24/7, Serco, Simply Gym, Freedom Leisure.

Future plans

In the next 12 months, Pure Energy Music will expand its reach in the fitness sector. Plans include hiring a Head of Customer Experience to strengthen support for instructors, and partnering with industry organisations to raise awareness around music licensing in fitness environments. We’re also investing in tech to simplify implementation for operators, while supporting international expansion in markets like South Africa and Saudi Arabia.

Key Personnel

Andy Pickles , CEO

Jon Arundel , CCO

Alison Hawke , FD

Hannah Trigwell , Head of Marketing

Ivan Stevenson , Non-Executive Chairman

Andy Pickles, CEO

Safe Space Lockers

Unit 6, Chancerygate Business Centre, 214 Red Lion Road, Surbiton, Surrey, KT6 7RA, UK

Tel: +44(0)20 3651 1500

Email: info@safespacelockers.co.uk

LinkedIn: www.linkedin.com/company/safe-space-lockers-ltd

Facebook: www.facebook.com/safespacelockers/

Instagram: www.instagram.com/safe_space_lockers/ https://safespacelockers.co.uk

About us

Safe Space has more than 25 years of experience in the UK leisure and fi tness industry, offering a highly professional and reliable service. Whether you are looking to upgrade a small bank of lockers, refurbish an existing changing area or develop one from concept, we work with you to select from the vast array of locker and washroom fi xtures and fi ttings so that they fi t your space, time frame and budget.

Product range and services

We provide a full turn-key solution for clients from design and consultation, through to bespoke manufacture, installation, aftersales and servicing solutions.

Our products include lockers, benching, dry and wet vanities, shower and toilet cubicles. We also supply all locking mechanisms for clients based on their requirements and specifi cation, including latch, combinations, coin return, digital and RFID technology.

We are also the exclusive distributor of SUITMATE swimsuit water extractors in England, Scotland & Wales.

Key customers

Everlast Gyms, Nuffi eld Health, Hilton Hotels, 3D Leisure, Lifestyle Fitness, Holiday Inn Hotels, Westfi eld Health,

Surge Padel, WV Active, Leisure United, Until, Energie Fitness, Everyone Active, JD Gyms, Leonardo Hotels, The Runnymede Hotel & Spa, Uni of York & Anytime Fitness.

Future plans

We will continue to work on our product development to improve our offering for customers, whilst maintaining the high-quality service delivery that we are known for.

Shows attending

PerformX Live, IHRSA, FIBO, Elevate 2025, W3FIT & ukactive Conference.

Key personnel

■ Dominic Hyett , Managing Director

■ Gregg Rumble , Sales Director

■ Gary Hyett , Operations Manager

“Safe Space were brilliant – Gregg was amazing, very responsive and excellent communication throughout the project. Nothing was ever too much trouble – Safe Space’s customer service was second-to-none and we’re really happy with the finished project. Our students have commented on how nice the new changing rooms are, as have our staff. We’ve also upgraded things like hair dryers and straighteners, so we’ve up-spec’d the overall experience, and it’s been really well received by our users.” Kate Clough, Senior Operations Manager, York Sport

Helping our customers make more of every day

Serco Leisure

Lancer House, 38 Scudamore Road, Leicester, Leicestershire, LE3 1UB, UK

Tel: +44 0116 240 7500

Email: leisuregenenquiries@serco.com

Facebook: www.facebook.com/SercoUK

LinkedIn: www.linkedin.com/company/serco-leisure-operating-limited www.serco.com/uk

About us

Founded in 1983, Serco Leisure Operating Limited is one of the UK’s leading national operators of leisure centres, destination venues and elite sporting facilities. In 2021, we were named UK Active’s Outstanding Organisation of the Year. Working collaboratively with independent charitable trusts, including our national partner More Leisure Community Trust, we operate over 50 facilities, including the national sports centres, Bisham Abbey and Lilleshall.

Product range and services

The customer is at the heart of everything we do, but sometimes that ‘customer’ is an actual member of staff, which is why we launched a new Serco Leisure Employee Benefits package, offering discounts on products our teams actually use.

Free swimming lessons for one child, and 50 per cent off for all subsequent children. The same deal on holiday activity programmes

and sports courses. Big savings on camping and other activities at our national centres.

Free swimming lessons to any staff member who wants to learn. Discounts on food and drink at all of our centres. These are just some of the offers available to our colleagues throughout the business. The new scheme is our way of showing extra appreciation for the teams who do so much to support our customers.

Key customers

Sport England, WheelPower, Local authorities.

Future plans

We will continue working closely with our partners to support their overarching health and wellbeing strategies; while remaining focused on the promise we make to all the people who benefit from the services we provide, which is to help our customers make more of every day.

“The knowledge, expertise and experience Serco bring is fi rst class. We’re confident they are the operator who will provide the level of service, variety of activity and the inclusive welcome the people of Birmingham deserve.”

Dave Wagg, Head of Sport & Development, Birmingham City Council

In 2024, we launched our national Active Wellbeing Strategy, outlining our strategic approach to addressing health inequalities within the communities we serve. Building on existing best practices, we aim to enhance and expand our efforts in this area, positioning our centres as inclusive community hubs dedicated to supporting the most underrepresented groups. We are particularly proud of the free to attend, after dark running/walking clubs we launched in 2024 in support of This Girl Can’s ‘Let’s Lift the Curfew’ campaign.

Shows attending

ukactive Conference, IHRSA, FIBO & Elevate.

Key personnel

■ Simon Lane, Managing Director

■ Steve Nelson, Director of Leisure

■ Sally Kurton, Director of Operational Support

■ Steve Lawrence, Director of Stakeholder Engagement

■ Leigh Brooks, Director of Marketing & Customer Experience

■ Warren Higgins , Business Development Director

■ Nikhil Ghelani, Director of Business Improvement

■ Lisa Boylin-George, Director of Finance

HUB STREAMLINE YOUR GYM EQUIPMENT MANAGEMENT

Take back the time it takes to manage the maintenance of your gym equipment! Scan the QR Code today for more information and to request your FREE log-in details to MyHub. Your members will thank you for it.

ServiceSport

UK Offi

ce: Units 1 & 2 Drumhead Road, Chorley, PR6 7BX

Saudia Arabia Offi ce: Unit 558, Al Fauzan Industrial City, Riyadh, 14548

Tel: 01257 264 738 / 0547 871 256

Email: sales@servicesport.com

LinkedIn: www.linkedin.com/company/servicesport

Instagram: www.instagram.com/servicesport/

Facebook: www.facebook.com/ServiceSport1999

www.servicesport.com

About us

Following a fantastic 2024, during which we maintained over 98,000 pieces of gym equipment across the UK, we are focused on continued growth into 2025 and beyond. Having recently established operations in Saudi Arabia, we are also expanding our presence in Europe, with regular visits to Italy, Spain, France, and Germany to service and repair equipment for high-profi le gym operators. Partnerships with leading manufacturers such as EGYM, Eleiko, and Keiser, as well as working with customers including Nuffi eld Health, David Lloyd Leisure, Fitness First, Bannatyne health clubs, the Ministry of Defence, and the Ministry of Justice, ensure we continue to hold a strong foothold in the UK market. With 30+ engineers, each trained to maintain gym equipment by all the leading manufacturers - including Technogym, Life Fitness, Concept2, Wattbike, Precor, Pulse and many others - we continue to reduce call-out costs for operators who previously relied on separate engineers for different brands rather than one engineer for all. Each engineer is strategically located across the UK to ensure faster response

times to sites and less downtime of gym equipment. In addition to our engineering expertise, we have also upgraded our customer portal to make it easier for gym operators to manage the maintenance of their gym equipment. MyHub is our software solution that allows operators to report defective gym equipment remotely, view pending job information, request quotes and manage their assets at the push of a button.

The operational costs of gyms, leisure facilities, and health clubs continue to rise, and ServiceSport remains a great partner to help reduce those costs through preventative maintenance services of gym equipment and the refresh of existing gym equipment to bring that wow factor back to the gym fl oor.

Key customers

Ministry of Defence, Ministry of Justice, Nuffi eld Health, David Lloyd Leisure, Bannatyne health clubs, GLL, Fitness First, Keiser, EGYM, JHT Digital, Marriott Hotels, Parkwood Leisure, CBRE, Sodexo, Manchester United Football Club.

Console repairs

Future plans

We aim to continue working with gym operators worldwide to increase member satisfaction by delivering reliable, innovative maintenance solutions. Our focus will remain on enhancing service speed, leveraging technology like MyHub, and expanding our footprint in new international markets.

Key personnel

■ Colin Marriott , Owner/Founder

■ Michael Ellis , Chief Commercial Offi cer

■ Chris Crane , Chief Operations Offi cer

■ Matt Hoffman , Commercial Director

■ Colin MacGillivray, Operations Director

■ Ian Brown, Sales and Marketing Director

Matt Hoff man, Commercial Director

HIIT THE HURT WITHOUT

TOTALLY INCLUSIVE HIIT TRAINING ON THE GYM FLOOR

THE HARDEST WORKING EQUIPMENT CHOICE FOR YOUR GYM

Speedflex (UK & Ireland) Limited

Nelson House, Fleming Business Centre, Burdon Terrace, Jesmond, Newcastle, NE2 3AE, UK

Tel: 01916 498696

Email: sales@speedflex.com

LinkedIn: www.linkedin.com/company/speedflex-europe/

Facebook: www.facebook.com/SpeedflexLtd

Instagram: www.instagram.com/speedflexltd/ www.speedflex.com

About us

Pioneers of the revolutionary ‘HIIT Without The Hurt’ training method, meaning no joint pressure or pain during the workout, and minimal DOMS after it, Speedfl ex is the most inclusive workout in the world.

It off ers safe and eff ective, high intensity, low impact HIIT training in a variety of formats, from connected fi tness on the gym fl oor to full studio solutions. With instant personalised resistance, the workout is suitable for every level of fi tness. Speedfl ex was formed in 2011 by a collective of sporting and business titans. Chair, Sir Graham Wylie, is cofounder of The Sage Group. CEO, Paul Ferris, was Newcastle United’s youngest ever player and then a physiotherapist at the club. Footballing legend, Alan Shearer, is a co-owner of the business and an avid user.

Product range and services

Speedfl ex machines can be installed on the gym fl oor or in a studio setting and used in group exercise classes, and we work with our clients to offer the most suitable solution, in turn enabling the

client to offer their customers the best possible full body workout. The latest launch of the Speedfl ex Blade has enabled us to diversify our offering and reach new markets. Featuring a built-in touch screen and over 100 trainerled full body workouts accessible at the touch of a button, we’ve been able to expand across the commercial fi tness market, enabling the Blade to sit directly on the gym fl oor. This innovation has also enabled us to enter the hotel market, off ering guests of any age or fi tness ability a pain-free HIIT Without the Hurt workout, without any need of staff supervision or worries about exercising incorrectly. The versatility of the Speedfl ex Blade means that operators are able to use it in both a gym fl oor small group training environment, and as a way of providing connected fi tness experiences for members to train on their own.

We establish the needs and demands of each facility’s demographic to help design the correct solution for that site early in the partnership process. Alongside our products we have a

team of dedicated master trainers ready to support staff with full training so that they are confident to deliver high quality Speedfl ex sessions to members.

Key customers

Speedfl ex caters to the entire commercial market including: the public sector and leisure centres, private health clubs, chains and single operator sites, and also hotels, golf courses and other leisure destinations.

Future plans

In 2025/26 Speedfl ex aims to continue growth across the UK market and into global markets across the Middle East, Europe, and India. Speedfl ex will continue to host multiple events for key industry professionals and clients, helping to expand client base and reach wider markets.

Key personnel

■ Paul Ferris , chief executive offi cer

■ Mark Simpson , chief operating offi cer

■ James Smith , director of sales UK

■ Austen Wilson , head of manufacturing

■ Matt Bolam , master trainer

■ Victoria Barker, master trainer

James Smith, director of sales UK

Spivi

4505 Las Virgenes Road, STE 211, Calabasas, California, 91302, USA

Tel: +1-800-900-9917

Email: sales@spivi.com X: @spivitech

LinkedIn: www.linkedin.com/company/spivitech/

Facebook: www.facebook.com/spivitech

Instagram: www.instagram.com/spivi/

Blog: www.spivi.com/blog/ www.spivi.com

About us

Spivi is an engaging fi tness-tracking platform designed to enhance retention and loyalty by integrating leaderboards with existing wearables and fi tness equipment within the club.

Product range and services

The Spivi platform tracks performance data and gamifi es the members’ fi tness journey in an immersive workout experience using avatars and animation, live leaderboards, challenges, milestones, points, awards and visuals to strengthen engagement and brand loyalty. It connects members in the studio and optionally, others from other branches and members at home.

Spivi uses the natural human willingness for improvement and the encouraging environment of group fi tness to boost engagement and retention and build community. This powerful

platform enhances all kinds of activities in the gym, such as group fi tness classes, indoor cycling, HIIT, and others.

Spivi connects with ANT+, BLE, the Apple Watch, the Samsung Watch, and other Wear OS-compatible devices. It combines performance metrics with personal information and workout history to generate various views, including color-coded visuals, leaderboards, and timers.

For indoor cycling, Spivi offers the most engaging solution - Spivi Studio is a 3D simulator system designed to increase revenue and recruit more customers. This system is installed on existing equipment and is compatible with most bikes and trainers. Spivi Studio collects data such as power, cadence, speed, and heart rate directly from a cyclist’s bike and then combines the data with personal information stored on Spivi’s cloud service and generates unique visuals and

“Our members absolutely love it! Let the instructors fall in love with it and your member will fall in love with it. I think what they like best about it is that they’re fi nding themselves working harder.” Scott Sorkin, Owner, Tone Zone

a virtual gaming experience. It displays real-time 3D animation of group activity, a dynamic leaderboard, color-coded views, and fi tness tests and challenges.

Key customers

Some of our key customers from different tiers are Gold’s Gym, The YMCA, Crunch Fitness, Digme Fitness, Xcelerate, Mytime Active, Ride45, Evolution Fitness, JCC, Coca-Cola, INEOS, Citi Group, and Nestle.

Future plans

Spivi’s loyalty program, which utilizes performance metrics, has emerged as one of the most effective strategies for enhancing revenue and fostering customer loyalty among our clients. We are extending these features to enable tracking beyond the club environment, empowering members to earn more rewards, participate in club challenges, and achieve personal milestones during workouts at any location.

Key personnel

■ Shay Amir, Co-founder and CEO

■ Nir Hasson , Co-founder and CTO

■ Alyssa Montagna , Direcor of Sales

Sporty Group AS

Litlåsvegen 47, 5132 Nyborg, Vestland, Norway.

Email: hei@sporty.no

LinkedIn: www.linkedin.com/company/sporty-norge/ Facebook: www.facebook.com/sportynorge

Instagram: www.instagram.com/sporty_norge/ www.sporty.no

About us

Treningshelse Holding owns and operates one of Norway’s largest and most dynamic fitness chains: Sporty. With more than 80 fitness centers across the country and more than 115,000 members, we provide a complete and inclusive fitness experience for people of all ages and fitness levels.

At Sporty, we offer a wide range of training options—from free weights and machines to engaging group classes - all within a vibrant and social environment. Many of our gyms even serve freshly brewed coffee, because we believe that fitness is just as much about community as it is about workouts.

Our mission is to help people discover the joy of movement and reach their personal health and fitness goals. With a strong presence in both urban and local communities, Sporty is committed to making fitness accessible, enjoyable, and sustainable.

Product range and services

Sporty delivers a comprehensive training experience through:

■ State-of-the-art equipment and facilities

■ Group classes for all preferences and fitness levels

■ Personal training and fitness guidance

■ A strong sense of community and motivation

Whether you’re just getting started or an experienced athlete, Sporty has something for you.

Future plans

“We are on the offensive and will continue to take part in the consolidation of the fitness market.”

- Trygve Hagen, CEO of Sporty

We’re growing. With a strong foundation and a clear strategy, we will continue to expand our reach and improve our offerings, solidifying our position as a leader in Norwegian fitness.

Key personnel

■ Trygve Hagen , CEO

Trygve Hagen, CEO
Great experiences in water. For all. For

life.

Our mission is to lead and serve an aquatics community to enable safe, enjoyable and successful experiences.

Swim England

Pavilion 3, SportPark, 3 Oakwood Drive, Loughborough University, Loughborough, Leicestershire, LE11 3QF, UK

Tel: 01509 640700

Email: communications@swimming.org

X: https://x.com/Swim_England

LinkedIn: www.linkedin.com/company/swim-england/

Facebook: www.facebook.com/SwimEngland/

Instagram: www.instagram.com/@swimengland/# www.swimming.org/swimengland

About us

Formally known as the Amateur Swimming Association, Swim England is the national governing body for swimming in England. It helps people learn how to swim, enjoy the water safely, and compete in all aquatic sports. Swim England was the only governing body of swimming in the world when it was formed in 1869. It quickly evolved into a national association as clubs from across England became members with responsibility for the development and regulation of swimming as a sport.

Product range and services

Swim England covers every area of aquatic activity. From learners to teachers, athletes to coaches, the governing body supports people to achieve their best in the water. Swim England also supports the swimming providers with information on facilities and best practice.

Swim England’s Learn to Swim programme is the national syllabus used to deliver swimming lessons to around 1.77 million children and adults each year. It is delivered in 80% of all swimming lessons and is designed by world-renowned experts.

Swim England also trains the next generation of swim tutors with teaching qualifi cations available through a national network of 24 Approved Training Centres. Their influence doesn’t stop there! They want to create great experiences in water, for all, for life and to do that work with decision makers across national, regional and local governments to ensure swimming is taught in primary schools, it is seen as a way of supporting the NHS, and that local communities have access to the swimming pools they deserve.

Key customers

All members of the aquatic community, including participants, coaches, parents, volunteers and club committee members, and leisure operators.

Future plans

Launched in 2024, Swim England created the ‘One Swim England’ strategy which is their unwavering commitment to lead and serve an aquatics community to enable safe, enjoyable and successful experiences.

The innovative strategy has been created with the help of the industry and embodies the culture and values everyone in the aquatics community should strive to achieve. At its foundation are strong, guiding principles and 18 goals which set out our roadmap for the future.

One Swim England aims to create an inclusive and welcoming environment to help people of all ages and backgrounds learn how to swim and reap the benefi ts of aquatic activity.

“We are proud to be associated with Swim England and highly recommend their services to anyone involved in swimming. Swim England is an excellent national governing body to work with, providing unparalleled support and guidance to us as an Approved Training Centre. Their comprehensive programs and resources continually enhance our operations and delivery, and the professionalism and expertise of their team is evident in every interaction. Swim England’s commitment to promoting our sport has helped to foster a positive and inclusive environment for our learners and working closely with them allows us to offer fantastic ongoing opportunities for development.” Krystal Buckley, director, Triton Training

Andy Salmon, chief executive

LEISURE ESSENTIALS

activewear • bottles • towels • padlocks • bags

custom branded performance fabrics

Designed & created for health club professionals

Custom-branded essentials, available next-day with low MOQs

Taylor Made Designs

Unit 1, Ambassador Industrial Estate, 9 Airfi eld Rd, Christchurch, Dorset, BH23 3TG, UK

Tel: +44 (0) 1202 473311

Email: hello@taylormadedesigns.co.uk

About us

Founded in 1993, Taylor Made Designs supply corporate clothing and brand-enhancing merchandise to the health & leisure industry.

TMD off er health clubs a fullymanaged end-to-end service. From garment design to sourcing, manufacture, storage & fulfi lment, every step of the uniform creation process is taken care of.

Whether you need fully bespoke garments, branded off -the-shelf activewear or a blend of both, Taylor Made Designs can create a collection just for you. Uniform can be ordered 24/7/365 through a dedicated online portal.

TMD also supply branded towels, padlocks, bags and drinkware. Secondary spend items can be supplied in vending or retailready sustainable packaging.

LinkedIn: www.linkedin.com/company/taylor-made-designs-uk-ltd/ Blog: www.taylormadedesigns.co.uk/news/ www.taylormadedesigns.co.uk

Product range and services

TMD’s health club lines are designed and created for the people that wear them.

■ Off -the-shelf and bespoke: uniforms to suit every need and budget

■ TMD Leisure Essentials: comfortable, customisable and competitively priced

■ Secondary spend: Padlocks, grip socks & more, shipped next-day in low MOQs

■ In-house branding: a talented team of embroidery and print experts in the UK

■ Online & in-person support: dedicated account manager and 24/7/365 e-store

■ Sustainable approach: recyclable packaging, carbon-neutral deliveries, garment recycling, sustainable textiles

■ Founded in 1993: delivering quality, comfort and effi ciency for more than three decades

“Having sense-checked the market through an offi cial tender process, we have confi rmed that Taylor Made Designs are providing the best range of garments for our business at competitive prices.” Laura Lane, Head of People at Places Leisure

Key customers

GLL (Better), Places Leisure, Alliance Leisure, Haven, MY Fitness, Darwin, BH Live, Parkwood Leisure and countless Independent Gyms & Studios across the UK.

Future plans

TMD’s secondary spend items can now be packaged in vendingfriendly or retail-ready formats. Vending machine packaging is shock-resistant, smooth and transparent. Goods destined for the retail rack comply with euro slot standards. TMD can also provide branded point-of-sale displays. TMD are investing in the latest sustainable textiles. Fully bespoke uniform collections can include items made from recycled ocean plastic, recycled polyester and organic yarns.

Shows attending

FIBO, Elevate, Physical Activity Forum, W3 Fit, Active Net National & Scotland.

Key personnel

■ James Taylor, Global Sales Director

James Taylor, Global Sales Director

Avoid the most common strength training mistakes and supercharge your workouts. Thanks to the patented Biodrive system, select your goal and automatically receive the optimal resistance and biofeedback for it, along with the correct workload, range of motion, tempo, and rest time. Biostrength adapts to you for +30% results in the same time.

Technogym

Two The Boulevard, Cain Road, Bracknell, Berkshire RG12 1WP UK

Tel: +44 (0)1344 300236

Email: UK_info@technogym.com

X: https://twitter.com/Technogym

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/company/technogym

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Technogym

www.technogym.com

About us

Founded in 1983, Technogym is a world leader brand in fi tness, wellness, sport and health. With over 2,500 employees Technogym is present in over 100 countries. More than 100,000 Wellness centers and 400,000 private homes in the world are equipped with Technogym. Technogym is the Offi cial Supplier to the Paris 2024 Olympics for the ninth time, after Sydney 2000, Athens 2004, Turin 2006, Beijing 2008, London 2012, Rio 2016, Pyeongchang 2018 and Tokyo 2020.

Product range and services

Technogym provides a complete Ecosystem made of connected smart fi tness equipment, digital services and training contents for both professional and home use. Thanks to the Mywellness CRM Open Platform operators can engage and interact with users anywhere, improving the customer journey, business effi ciency and results by gaining a holistic understanding of individual needs, interests, habits and human performance. The end-to-end wellness solution includes consultation, training and certifi cation, marketing support, interior design, installation and maintenance,

technical support, warranty and service contracts, and fi nancial solutions.

Key customers

Technogym supplies clubs, hotels, spas, rehabilitation centres, corporate gyms, universities, sports facilities, homes and more.

We are proud to supply our solutions to some of the world’s elite athletes and teams including Ferrari and McLaren F1; football teams

Paris Saint-Germain, AC Milan, Inter Milan and Juventus; and Team Luna Rossa Challenge sailing team.

Key personnel

■ Nerio Alessandri , Founder and President

■ Ben Sandham , Country Manager UK

■ Lara Pallard , Home Business Director, UK

■ Conrad Betton , Sales Director (Health, Corporate & Performance), UK

■ Kieran Tracey, Sales Director (Hospitality & Residential), UK

■ Greg Haynes , Sales Director (Club), UK

■ Tim Clayton , Sales Director (Club Key Account), UK

■ Craig Swyer, Marketing Director, UK

Nerio Alessandri

The Fitness Group Education

City Park, 368 Alexandra Parade, Glasgow, Glasgow, G313AU, UK

Tel: 0330 1758209

Email: info@thefitnessgrp.co.uk

X: https://x.com/thefitnessgrp1

LinkedIn: www.linkedin.com/company/the-fitness-group-uk/

Facebook: www.facebook.com/thefitnessgrp

Instagram: www.instagram.com/thefitnessgrp/# www.thefitnessgrp.co.uk

About us

The Fitness Group is the UK’s Leading Fitness Education Training Provider. With our industry-leading 5-Star support our expert team will guide you to grow your career through our wide range of internationally recognised, health and fi tness education qualifi cations. The Fitness Group Education was launched in 2016 by Steven Dick and Scott Agnew. Prior to this Steve and Scott were already running The Fitness Group, their own 8,000sq ft independent gym.

Product range and services

Our mission is to change lives through the very best fi tness education. The Fitness Group partners with some of the leading organisations in the UK to support their business and their teams grow and develop. We create bespoke learning plans for individuals and businesses.

Key customers

The Ministry Of Defence Police Force, The PFA, The PFA (Scotland), South & East Ayrshire Leisure, League Football Education, Street League, Shaw Trust.

Future plans

In 2025, The Fitness Group will continue to expand their already fl ourishing business across Europe and the Middle East, facilitating courses across the globe. We are also developing a new range of educational products with the overall mission to strengthen the education standards across the industry.

Shows attending

We will be exhibiting at Dubai Active in October, amongst various other shows throughout the UK and Romania in 2025 too!

Key personnel

■ Steven Dick , Co-Founder & Director

■ Scott Agnew, Co-Founder & Director

■ Ross Mclachlan , Head of Education

Supporting Businesses to Upskill their Teams

“The Fitness Group has been an excellent partner for our Skills Fund initiative. Their expertise, particularly their in-depth knowledge of their diverse catalogue of qualifications and willingness to advise on course suitability, was invaluable. We have been particularly impressed with their proactive approach to developing new qualifications to bridge identified skills gaps and meet the needs of both the sector and communities. From the outset, Pam guided us through learner enrolments with expertise and efficiency. We highly recommend The Fitness Group and look forward to a continued partnership.” Laura Spurr Active Lincolnshire

Steven Dick, Director

Resilient rubber flooring and acoustic underlays.

Surfaces for Sports & Exercise Spaces

Seamless polyurethane surfaces.

Durable polyethylene turfs.

Area-elastic timber flooring.

Isolated floated floors in noise-sensitive spaces.

Total Vibration Solutions Ltd (TVS Group)

Low Bay, Commerce Street, Carrs Industrial Estate, Haslingden, Lancashire BB4 5JT UK

Tel: 01706 260 220

Email: Sales@TVS-Group.co.uk

LinkedIn: www.linkedin.com/company/total-vibration-solutions-tvs-group/ Facebook: www.facebook.com/TotalVibrationSolutions

X: @floors4gyms

Instagram: /tvs_group/ www.TVS-Group.co.uk

About us

TVS Group includes TVS Sports Surfaces, TVS Gym Flooring, TVS Play Surfaces and TVS Acoustics. Our business is balanced through a broad portfolio of solutions and a presence across multiple industries. Our strategy focuses on supplying best in class materials, building mutually benefi cial partnerships while delivering an outstanding level of service to our customers.

Product range and services

We are specialist suppliers of noise and vibration control materials and systems for construction, industrial and railway applications. Suppliers and installers of rubber, polyurethane, timber and vinyl surfaces for sporting and physical activities, SPORTEC® gym fl ooring, along with EUROFLEX® impact protection fl ooring and playground accessories. We are also an exclusive supplier of Robbins Sports Surfaces, enabling

us to offer elite-level hardwood sports fl ooring systems, such as the Robbins MVP and BIO-CHANNEL, in the UK.

Key customers

We work with many key customers in both the private and public sectors.

Future plans

We’re evaluating the performance characteristics of a number of

“Regarding the fl oor fi nishes throughout the entire fi tness club, I’m happy with the products and services, provided by TVS Group. I’d certainly be happy to hire them in future” Oliver Brown, Director, Crow Wood Hotel and Spa Resort

new products, including a new impact-resistant acoustic wall panel for indoor sports facilities.

Shows attending

Next year we’re planning to visit the world’s largest fi tness trade show, FIBO, and we will also be exhibiting at ELEVATE at the ExCeL in London.

Key personnel

■ Paul Lafone , Managing Director

■ Andy Roberts , Sales Director

■ Jason Lewis-Lamb, Sports Surfacing Specialist

■ Daniel Redman , Sales Executive

Andy Roberts, Sales Director

TRX PILATES

TRX Training

1110 S Federal Hwy, Delray Beach, FL 33483, USA

Tel: +44 7306 223 777

Email: bjoseph@trxtraining.com

X: https://x.com/TRXtrainingUK

LinkedIn: www.linkedin.com/company/trx-training

Facebook: www.facebook.com/TRXTrainingUK

Instagram: www.instagram.com/trx_uk

www.trxtraining.eu/en-gb

About us

TRX is a global leader in functional fi tness. Best known for the Suspension Trainer™, TRX’s diverse portfolio of premium products - trusted by Olympians, physical therapists, personal trainers, and millions of fi tness enthusiasts - includes the Bandit ®, the Rip Trainer™, and the award-winning YBell™, acquired in 2023. Education is the real heartbeat of TRX: from legendary global Summits to self-paced digital courses, TRX is empowering the next generation of fi tness professionals to elevate their training game. In 2024, TRX set the Guinness World Record for the largest Suspension Training class, educating 1,000+ participants over two memorable, high-energy days in Athens, Greece. TRX continues to innovate, educate, and redefine the global health and wellness industry.

Product range and services

TRX offers a consultative approach to outfi tting commercial gyms and fi tness studios, optimizing space with modular TRX Studio Line rigs, racks, and storage. TRX Suspension Bays feature shelving and anchor points for Suspension

Trainers™, with options to expand via side or overhead bridges. Solutions also include corner units, multi-mount brackets, and wall mounts for smaller or single-unit setups. Studio Line shelving can be paired with TRX’s functional training equipment—such as slam balls, kettlebells, sand discs, and more—to deliver a complete, premium training environment. TRX YBell® bundles come with commercial-grade storage racks to keep equipment secure and organized. In addition to hardware, TRX supports clients with education, marketing, and programming, including TRX Yoga, Pilates, and sport-specifi c coaching— available 24/7 via the TRX App™. By guiding proper implementation and offering ongoing support, TRX helps gyms maximize product value, improve user experience, attract new clients, and enhance training for current members— delivering a full-service fi tness solution.

Key customers

TRX’s broad, diverse customer base includes professional athletes, fi tness enthusiasts, rehabilitation speciations, health clubs, commercial gyms, and businesses.

Future plans

This year’s theme is optimization. TRX is boosting support staff, improving speed and access, expanding distribution, and focusing on sustainability. The TRX App™ continues to evolve with tech updates and monthly fi tness content. New products are on the way, including the YBell Center Post Rack and Studio Line Power Bay, debuted at FIBO ‘25. Fan favorites are getting upgrades too, like the TRX Weight Vest in HexGrip and a limited-edition camo TRX Pro4 Suspension Trainer.

Shows attending

Inspartum Boost in Norway, W3Fit in Italy and FIBO in Germany.

Key personnel

■ Bobbie Joseph , VP, International Sales

■ Marvin Burton , Sales and customer experience manager EMEA & UK

■ Nathan D’Rozario, International education manager

■ Aleksandra Vicentijevic , Senior manager global E-commerce

Bobbie Joseph, VP, International Sales

Vor Technologies Ltd

Almond Studios - Workspace, The Biscuit Factory, London, SE16 4DG, UK

Email: hey@thisisvor.ai

LinkedIn: www.linkedin.com/company/this-is-vor-ai

www.thisisvor.ai

About Us

Founded in 2021 by former athlete and trainer Max Cotton, Vor began as an online training app pioneering scalable workout programmes. With AI expert Jesse Shanahan as CTO and investment from PureGym founder Peter Roberts, Vor pivoted to B2B in 2023 and launched its revolutionary AI platform in 2024.

Vor is the world’s most powerful workout generation tool, transforming how fi tness businesses deliver personalised training. Powered by an advanced AI engine inspired by astrophysics, Vor instantly creates safe, eff ective, and highly varied workout programmes. Unlike generic large language models, Vor’s engine is built and governed by qualifi ed trainers, ensuring results are reliable, science-backed, and traceable.

Vor seamlessly embeds each business’s unique training style, equipment, and facility layout - automating exercise programming while maintaining brand integrity. Whether used by trainers or deployed directly to members, Vor supports business growth and retention with consistently highquality, tailored programming.

Product & Services

Fitness businesses can use Vor in two ways: Vor for Trainers and Vor for Members.

Vor for Trainers gives professionals the power to create detailed, personalised programmes in seconds. Ideal for both one-to-one and group sessions, it frees trainers to focus on coaching and client relationships - boosting capacity without sacrifi cing quality or personalisation.

Vor for Members delivers personalised workouts directly to exercisers via seamless API integration. Built-in trainer governance ensures every plan is safe and effective, considering user goals, health data, injuries, and preferences. This enables businesses to offer personalised training at scale, with no compromise on quality.

Each business gets its own tailored version of Vor, aligned to:

■ Training approach and exercise selection

■ Gym layouts and available equipment

■ Team language and coaching cues

■ Safety protocols and exercise adaptations.

Every workout refl ects your brand’s DNA - whether created by trainers or delivered to members.

Key Customers

Vor is piloting with major gym chains in the UK and internationally, as well as fi tness equipment brands integrating personalised training into their hardware.

Future plans

Vor aims to establish itself globally as the most versatile and customisable workout generation tool. Upcoming features include expanded support for sports performance and injury recovery.

We’re also developing AI-powered programmes for chronic health conditions - our fi rst step into preventive healthcare. This marks a bold move to demonstrate how personalised exercise can improve fi tness and health outcomes alike.

Shows attending

HFA Las Vegas, Elevate UK.

Key Personnel

■ Max Cotton , Founder & CEO

■ Jesse Shanahan , CTO

■ Sam Brown-Abreu , Head of Product

■ Peter Roberts , Board

Member & Investor

■ Phil Learney, Advisor

Max Cotton, Founder & CEO

Wattbike

Nottingham South & Wilford Industrial Estate, , Unit 13, West Bridgford, Nottingham, Nottinghamshire, NG11 7EP, UK

Tel: 0115 945 5450

Email: info@wattbike.com

X: https://twitter.com/wattbike

LinkedIn: www.linkedin.com/company/wattbike

Facebook: www.facebook.com/Wattbike

https://wattbike.com

About us

Multiple decades of elite training know-how distilled into the world’s best indoor bike trainers, Wattbike’s mission is to make Wattbike the ultimate training partner for improving health and performance. That’s why Wattbike is chosen by the world’s top sporting teams, elite athletes, coaches, plus thousands of health clubs and fi tness centres across the globe.

No other indoor trainer measures every pedal stroke and revolution more precisely, giving riders instant insights to get the most from their workouts, testing, rehabilitation programmes and more.

Wattbike was born more than 20 years ago with one goal – to create the ultimate indoor training bike and unlock new levels of performance.

The fi rst Wattbike launched in 2008, in partnership with British Cycling. That same year, Team GB won 60 per cent of the cycling gold medals at the Beijing Olympics.

Constant innovation in technology and design has led to Wattbike being the gold standard for indoor training, used by elite and amateur athletes alike in the pursuit of improved performance.

Product range and services

Wattbikes give members access to powerful and unique fi tness and performance insights that no other gym equipment can give, from accurate power data to pedal technique tracking and left versus right power balance. It is the ultimate training and fi tness testing tool.

Following on from the launch of two new consumer bikes in 2024, this year, Wattbike has launched the Wattbike Air-Pro, marking a pivotal step in the evolution of commercial indoor bikes.

Building on the iconic Wattbike Pro/ Trainer, the Air-Pro incorporates upgraded magnetic resistance, advanced internal electronics and a new Performance Touchscreen.

Benchmarking and testing is an essential part of delivering effective member training experiences. Testing allows members to measure their fitness, provide motivation and personalise workouts for their fitness level. With unrivalled, independently verified accuracy, repeatability and ease of use, Wattbikes have built-in testing protocols that allow for a variety of tests from peak power to endurance-based FTP testing.

One of the most frequently used tests is the Health Assessment Submax Test,

which gives users their Cardiorespiratory Fitness (CRF) score. This CRF score provides a predicted VO2max to highlight current health and fi tness benchmarks. The score allows members to assess their fi tness compared to their age and gender peer groups, adding a layer of motivation.

Key customers

All major health and fi tness operators across the UK, such as Third Space, David Lloyd, Virgin Active and many more. All elite sports training centres, military, rehabilitation and sports science use Wattbikes heavily.

Future plans

The next year is a really exciting time for Wattbike with signifi cant investment into the Wattbike Hub training platform. Personalised performance is our number one priority to give clients and users a unique training experience and give them the tools they need to achieve their goals.

Key personnel

■ Sam Theyers, Commercial Sales Director

■ Tom Crampton , Head of Strategic Partnerships & B2B Marketing

■ Steve Marshall , UK Head of B2B Sales

Steve Marshall, UK Head of B2B Sales

Wellhub

WeWork Hoxton, Senna Building, Gorsuch Place, London, E2 8JF, UK

Twitter: https://x.com/getwellhub

Facebook: www.facebook.com/wellhub

Instagram: www.instagram.com/wellhub

LinkedIn: www.linkedin.com/company/wellhub

https://wellhub.com/en-uk/partners/

About us

Wellhub (formerly Gympass) is the world’s leading corporate wellness platform, trusted by 70,000+ health and fi tness businesses globally.

Wellhub acts as a corporate sales channel, bringing new, highquality members to your business, by integrating you into the employee wellness plans off ered by national and global companies.

Wellhub has the unique ability to drive unparalleled engagement rates within their 22,000+ client companies, observing 3-5x higher engagement than other corporate platforms. This results in more, new members through the doors of partner brands, resulting in long-term business growth and an expanded addressable market.

Wellhub is committed to the success of its partners and the wellness industry as a whole; only growing if their partners are growing. Wellhub’s unprecedented growth in subscribers and user checkins has led to an increase in incremental partner payments of more than 75% from 2021 to 2024. This is the Wellhub Effect.

Product range and services

Wellhub partners benefi t from a risk-free partnership - there is no charge for network registration and sign up is easy via the self sign up process via the Wellhub website.

Once onboard, partners are able to integrate with their existing CMS, to boost check-ins by up to 40%, and enable a seamless booking process and end user experience.

“We’re thrilled to be able to partner with Wellhub to further expand our reach and introduce 1Rebel to a wider audience. The corporate wellness sector is incredibly important, and Wellhub enables us to reach a large number of businesses and their employees in an effective but meaningful way. It was clear that joining the Wellhub network was a strategic move to further expand our reach and introduce 1Rebel to a wider audience.” James Balfour, Co-Founder and CEO 1Rebel

Carvalho, CEO

In addition, every partner has access to a personal portal, in which bookings, check-ins and payments can be tracked and monitored in real time.

Finally, partners are able to receive end-to-end assistance from the Wellhub team; we resolve 85% of requests in less than 24 hours. When you grow, we grow.

Key partners

In the UK we partner with brands such as Everlast, Bannantyne Health Club and Nuffi eld Health, bringing them new, high quality members.

Future plans

Wellhub is more focused and dedicated than ever, to supporting the growth of the health and fi tness sector. The opportunity within corporate wellness is only getting bigger; Wellhub will continue to innovate and grow, to better enable gyms, studios and apps to obtain new, high-quality members and reach their unique business goals.

Key personnel

■ Cesar Carvalho, co-founder and CEO

■ Eamon Lloyd , VP of Fitness Partners, Europe

INNOVATIVE RECOVERY AND WELLNESS SOLUTIONS

WellnessSpace Brands

15395 Roosevelt Blvd., Clearwater, Florida, 33760, USA

Tel: +1 727 536 5536

Email: info@wellnessspace.com

X: https://twitter.com/WellnessSpaceBr

LinkedIn: www.linkedin.com/company/wellnessspacebrands/

Facebook: www.facebook.com/wellnessspacebrand

Instagram: www.instagram.com/wellnessspacebrands/ https://wellnessspace.com

About us

WellnessSpace Brands provides innovative wellness solutions like HydroMassage, CryoLounge+, and RelaxSpace Pods— designed for convenient, tech-based mind and body care. With 35+ years of experience, we partner globally to deliver leading experiential wellness products.

Product range and services

WellnessSpace Brands offers three industryleading experiental wellness products.

■ HydroMassage 440 G3: Personalized heated full-body massage for wellness and recovery. The HydroMassage 440 G3 delivers quality and function, ideal for industries seeking advanced recovery technology.

■ Full Body Heated Massage Relieve minor soreness and stress with a fully customizable massage for muscle recovery.

■ On-Demand Relaxation and Stress Relief Created with convenience and simplicity in mind, HydroMassage provides a relaxing massage in 15 minutes or less while fully clothed. No attendant required!

■ Easy to Use

State-of-the-art touchscreen interface with enhanced, simplifi ed controls

that offer one-touch selections for targeted massage areas.

■ CryoLounge+: Advanced Recovery Chair for Targeted Cold:

A convenient cold recovery experience to target muscle soreness and minor aches and pains. The CryoLounge+ combines cold and heat treatments to deliver a comfortable recovery, ideal for post workout.

■ Targeted Cold Without Discomfort CryoLounge+ provides customizable temperature recovery with six thermal pads, allowing users to apply cold (25°-30°F, -3.9° to -1.1°C) to specifi c areas while heat (95°-115°F, 35°-46.1°C) relieves discomfort, enhancing targeted cold recovery.

■ Powerful Post-Workout Recovery Users can unwind with treatments promoting workout recovery.

CryoLounge+ chairs offer targeted cold, heat, and compression to help relax and recover specifi c muscle groups, such as the lower back and hamstrings.

■ Convenient & Accessible Treatments Unlike traditional ice baths, CryoLounge+ lets users stay clothed during treatment, easily fi tting into routines. Its design offers cold recovery without needing staff.

■ RelaxSpace: Relaxation Pod for a Mental Wellness Break: Feel more calm, relaxed, and focusd with the RelaxSpace Wellness Pod. Designed to reduce stress for relaxation and mindfulness.

■ Immersive Screen

All wellness video content is displayed overhead on a large monitor, providing users with an immersive experience.

■ Intuitive Touchscreen Users select from a large menu of wellness video content including nature and travel scenes, mediation practices, or mindfulness. Measure heart rate, choose scent, adjust seat temperature and more.

■ Modern, Futuristic Product Design RelaxSpace Wellness Pods are designed to catch the eye and provoke member curiosity, generating ongoing awareness.

Key customers

David Lloyd Clubs, Energie Fitness, Xtrafi t, Fitness Park

Key personnel

■ Mark Lowder, Vice President of Sales

■ Lee Chandhar, UK Sales Director

■ Wouter Vanderende , EMEA Sales Director

Paul Lunter, CEO
Download our brochure

THE FIRST & LAST WORD IN PERSONAL TRAINING.

We’re the UK’s leading PT brand, trusted by gym operators to recruit, onboard, educate and develop high-performing personal trainers. We help fitness professionals thrive and support clubs to grow.

LEARN MORE

YOUR Personal Training

Suite 1 Riverside House, Normandy Road, Swansea, Wales, SA1 2JA

Tel: 01792 439481

Email: admin@yourpersonaltraininguk.com

LinkedIn: www.linkedin.com/company/your-personal-training

Facebook: www.facebook.com/YOURpersonaltraining

Instagram: www.instagram.com/yourptuk

www.yourpersonaltraininguk.co.uk

About us

YOUR Personal Training is the UK’s leading personal training brand, committed to raising industry standards and creating sustainable careers for fitness professionals. Following a successful management buy-out by directors Aaron McCulloch and James Lorey, YOUR Personal Training has entered an exciting new chapter of growth and innovation. Since McCulloch and Lorey joined the business in 2020, YOUR Personal Training has achieved remarkable expansion, with PT bookings and enquiries increasing by over 800%.

YOUR Personal Training prides itself on being the first and last word in personal training, offering complete end-to-end solutions for both operators and fitness professionals. From initial qualification to recruitment, onboarding, training and career development, YOUR Personal Training can handle every aspect - allowing operators to strengthen their fitness offering while helping personal trainers build sustainable, rewarding businesses. Building on its core services, YOUR Personal Training has expanded its impact through a growing range of specialist divisions.

Product range and services

Offering a turn-key recruitment solution for operators:

■ YOUR Recruitment specialises in Personal Training recruitment in the fitness industry, carefully sourcing, selecting and interviewing personal trainers to meet the needs of your clubs both in the UK & Globally.

■ YOUR Academy provides internationally recognised fitness qualifications led by experienced mentors in real gym environments, ensuring graduates are truly industry-ready.

■ Most recently launched, YOUR Master Trainer is a fully white-labelled service enabling fitness suppliers to deliver highquality product training to operators, tapping into YOUR Personal Training’s nationwide network of trainers.

YOUR Personal Training continues to set the standard in the fitness industrygrowing careers, empowering operators and enhancing member experiences through its integrated, future-facing model.

Key customers

GLL/Better, Everyone Active, Fusion Lifestyle, Hybrid Fitness, Waterside Hotel & Leisure Club, Oxford University, Angus Alive, Technogym, Myzone,

Applied Nutrition, ActiveIQ, Gym partnerships in Kuwait, KSA, and Dubai.

Future plans

■ Expand strategic partnerships across all divisions, including new gym operators, global education providers, and fitness equipment brands.

■ Continue to deliver and grow LevelUp events across the UK and internationally, with a focus on upskilling and inspiring the personal training community.

■ Scale up international recruitment and placement operations across Saudi Arabia, UAE, and Europe.

■ Increase capacity of YOUR Master Trainer to support additional brand partners with in-gym education, onboarding, and product training.

■ Enhance CRM automation and performance reporting to drive recruitment, onboarding, and retention outcomes.

Shows attending

PerformX, Elevate, Dubai Active, and a series of regional and national industry events throughout the year.

Key personnel

■ Aaron McCulloch, Co Owner & Director

■ James Lorey, Co-Owner & Director

James Lorey, CoOwner & Director
Aaron McCulloch, CoOwner & Director

Industry organisations

Get connected with the key representative organisations that are making things happen in the sector

■ Activity Alliance

Email sarah@activityalliance.org.uk

Web www.activityalliance.org.uk

About A charity leading the way in the provision of accessible physical activity and increasing participation among people with disabilities.

■ American College of Sports Medicine (ACSM)

Email publicinfo@acsm.org

Web www.acsm.org

About The ACSM is the largest sports medicine and exercise science organisation in the world.

■ British Association of Sport and Exercise Sciences (BASES)

Email enquiries@bases.org.uk

Web www.bases.org.uk

About BASES is the body for those with an interest in the science of sport and exercise.

■ British Universities & Colleges Sport (BUCS)

Email info@bucs.org.uk

Web www.bucs.org.uk

About BUCS is the national governing body for higher education sport in the UK. It works with its member institutions to get more students active more often, through competitive sport and by providing physical activity opportunities.

■ Chartered Institute for the Management of Sport and Physical Activity (CIMSPA)

Email info@cimspa.co.uk

Web www.cimspa.co.uk

About CIMSPA is the professional development body for the UK’s physical activity and sport sector. It’s committed to supporting, developing and enabling professionals and organisations to succeed. Its primary focus is around training and education for professionals working in the sector.

■ Chief Culture & Leisure Officers Association (CLOA)

Email info@cloa.org.uk

Web www.cloa.org.uk

About CLOA advises on, advocates for and champions culture and leisure on behalf of sector professionals, locally, regionally and nationally.

■ Club Managers Association of Europe (CMAE)

Email office@cmaeurope.eu

Web www.cmaeurope.org

About CMAE is a non-profit making professional association with members involved in the management of sports clubs (golf, tennis, sailing and other sports), health and fitness clubs, leisure, city and dining clubs. CMAE is affiliated with the Club Managers Associ ation of America www.cmaa.org

■ Community Leisure UK (CLUK)

Email Contact form on website

Web www.communityleisureuk.org

About CLUK is a members’ association that specialises in supporting charitable trusts that are responsible for delivering public leisure and culture services across the UK.

■ EuropeActive

Email Contact form on website

Web www.europeactive.eu

About EuropeActive is the not-forprofit organisation representing the whole of the European health and fitness sector from its head office in Brussels. It aims to raise awareness of the role the fitness sector is playing to support a more active and healthier Europe. EuropActive is responsible for producing research studies for the sector across Europe.

■ Health & Fitness Association

Email Contact form on website

Web www.healthandfitness.org

About The Health & Fitness Association (formerly IHRSA) is a trade association serving the health club and fitness industries worldwide. HFA aims to grow, protect and promote the health and fitness industry and provide its members with a wide range of benefits to enable them to be even more successful. HFA runs regular educational events and conferences, as well as an annual trade show.

■ International SPA Association (ISPA)

Email ispa@ispastaff.com

Web www.experienceispa.com

About Since 1991, the International SPA Association has been recognised worldwide as the professional organisation and voice of the spa industry, representing health and wellness facilities and providers in more than 70 countries.

■ Sport and Recreation Alliance (SRA)

Email info@sportandrecreation.org.uk

Web www.sportandrecreation.org.uk

About An umbrella body for sport and recreation in the UK, representing 320 organisations such as the Football Association, British Athletics and the Exercise Movement and Dance Partnership.

■ Sport England

Email Contact form on website

Web www.sportengland.org

About Sport England is the primary Quango for the sector in England, working to increase the number of people who take part in sport and physical activity regularly.

■ UK Active

Email info@ukactive.org.uk

Web www.ukactive.com

About UK Active is the UK’s trade body for the physical activity sector, bringing together more than 4,000 member organisations and partners with a shared ambition to get More People, More Active, More Often. This community collaborates across the private, public and third sectors. UK Active also runs a wide range of sector events.

■ UK Spa Association

Email manager@spa-uk.org

Web www.spa-uk.org

About The UK Spa Association is a not-forprofi t, impartial body composed of members and partners from across the UK spa, salon and wellness sector. It aims to provide a platform for members and partners to collaborate.

Industry organisations are driving policy around participation

■ Youth Sport Trust

Email info@youthsporttrust.org

Web www.youthsporttrust.org

About A passion for the power of sport and improving children’s lives has been at the heart of the Youth Sport Trust, building partnerships to forge a lasting legacy for improving young people’s lives. It reaches around 20,000 schools across the UK.

PHOTO:

Supplier contacts

Key contacts for HCM Handbook suppliers and service providers

A■ Absolute Performance

Tel: +44 (0)2920 362 664

Email: info@aperformance.co.uk www.aperformance.co.uk

■ Active Insight

Tel: +44 (0)3333 220500 www.active-insight.org

■ Active IQ

Tel: +44 (0)1480 467950

Email: businessdevelopment@activeiq.co.uk www.activeiq.co.uk

■ Art of Cryo

Tel: +49 2935 9652 0

Email: contact@artofcryo.com www.artofcryo.com

■ Athleticum

Tel: +44 (0)208 8199 161

Email: info@athleticum.co.uk www.athleticum.co.uk

B■ Balanced Body

Tel: 0800 014 8207

Email: info@pilates.com www.pilates.com

■ BLK BOX

Tel: +44 (0)28 9045 4123

Email: sales@blkboxfitness.com www.blkboxfitness.com

■ Brass Monkey

Tel: +44 (0)1135 267255

Email: dan@brassmonkey.co www.brassmonkey.co

■ B Sport

Email: solutions@bsport.io www.bsport.io

C■ CET Ltd

Tel: +44 (0)2892 690056

Email: colin@cetcryospas.com www.cetcryospas.com

■ CoverMe

Tel: +44 (0)7891 503525

Email: lou.crossland@covermeapp.co www.covermeapp.co

■ Core Health and Fitness

Tel: +44 (0)1494 688260

Email: uksales@corehandf.com www.corehandf.com

E■ EGYM UK

Tel: +44 (0)204 600 3848

Email: uk-sales@egym.com www.egym.com/uk

■ Eleiko

Tel: +46 (0)35-177070

Email: uk@eleiko.com www.eleiko.com

■ Elevate

Tel: +44 (0)1737 855000 www.elevatearena.com

■ Epassi UK

Email: +44 345 300 6474

Email: emma.vivo@epassi.com www.epassi.co.uk

■ Escape Fitness

Tel: +44 (0)1733 313535

Email: sales@escapefitness.com www.escapefitness.com

F■ FIBO Global Fitness

Tel: +49 211 90191-400

Email: info@fibo.com www.fibo.com

■ Funxtion

Tel: +31 (0) 20 2135000

Email: info@funxtion.com www.funxtion.com

■ Fitronics (TRP)

Tel: +44 (0)3301 280971

Email: hello@fitronics.com www.fitronics.com

■ Fitness Superstore (commercial division)

Tel: +44 (0)1604 673000

Email: commercial@fitness-superstore.co.uk www.fitness-superstore.co.uk

■ Future Fit

Tel: +44 (0)1329756196

Email: forbusiness@futurefit.co.uk www.futurefitforbusiness.co.uk

G■ Gantner

Tel: +43 5552 33944

Email: contact@gantner.com www.gantner.com

■ Gharieni Group

Tel: +49 (0)2841 88 300 0

Email: info@gharieni.com www.gharienigroup.com

■ Gladstone Software

Email: marketing@gladstonesoftware.co.uk www.gladstonesoftware.co.uk

■ GLL

Tel: +44 (0)330 1231 500 www.better.org.uk

■ Global Wellness Summit

Email: jessi.brandt@globalwellnesssummit.com www.globalwellnesssummit.com

■ GymKit UK

Tel: +44 (0)1733 205551

Email: sales@gymkituk.com www.gymkituk.com

■ GymNation www.gymnation.com

H■ HCM Summit

Tel: +44 (0)1462 431385

Email: HCMSummit@leisuremedia.com

Bookings: www.HCMsummit.live

I■ Indigofitness Ltd

Tel: +44 (0)1455 890100

Email: info@indigofitness.com www.indigofitness.com

■ Innerva

Tel: +44 (0)1484 667474

Email: info@innerva.com www.innerva.com

J■ JK Group UK and Ireland

Tel: +44 (0)20 8498 7277

Email: wellness@jkgroup-uk.com www.new.wellsystem.com

K■ Les Mills UK

Tel: +44 (0) 207 264 0200

Email: lmuk.clubs@lesmills.com www.lesmills.com/uk

M■ Matrix Fitness

Tel: +44 (0)1782 644900

Email: info@matrixfitness.co.uk www.matrixfitness.com

■ Merrithew

Tel: +1 800 910 000

Email: info@merrithew.com www.merrithew.com

■ MyZone

Tel: +44 (0)115 777 3333 www.myzone.org

O■ Orbit4

Tel: +44 (0)333 034 1637

Email: info@orbit4.org www.orbit4.org

P■ Panatta

Tel: +39 (0)733 611824

Email: infouk@panattasport.it www.panattasport.com

■ Parkwood Leisure

Tel: +44 (0)1905 388500

Email: business.development@parkwood-leisure.co.uk www.parkwoodleisure.co.uk

■ Peak Pilates www.peakpilates.co.uk

■ Physical Company

Tel: +44 (0)1494 769222

Email: sales@physicalcompany.co.uk www.physicalcompany.co.uk

■ Places Leisure

Email: enquiries@pfpleisure.org www.placesleisure.org

■ Powerplate

Tel: +44 (0)20 7317 5000

Email: info@powerplate.com www.powerplate.com

■ Precor

Tel: +44 (0)1276 548528

Email: precor.uk@precor.com www.precor.co.uk

■ PSLT

Tel: +44 (0)1282 969616

Email: info@pslt.co.uk www.pslt.co.uk

■ Pulse Fitness

Tel: +44 (0)1260 294600 www.pulsefitness.com

■ Pure Energy Music

Email: support@pureenergymusic.com www.pureenergymusic.com

S■ Safe Space Lockers

Tel: +44(0)20 3651 1500

Email: info@safespacelockers.co.uk www.safespacelockers.co.uk

■ Serco Leisure

Tel: +44 (0)116 240 7500

Email: leisuregenenquiries@serco.com www.serco.com/uk

■ ServiceSport (UK)

Tel: +44 (0)1257 264738 /0547 871 256

Email: sales@servicesport.co.uk www.servicesport.com

■ Speedflex (UK & Ireland)

Tel: +(0)1916 498696

Email: sales@speedflex.com www.speedflex.com

■ Spivi

Tel: +1-800-900-9917

Email: sales@spivi.com www.spivi.com

■ Sporty Group

Email: hei@sporty.no www.sporty.no

■ Swim England

Tel: +44 (0)509 640700

Email: communications@swimming.org www.swimming.org/swimengland

T■ Taylor Made Designs

Tel: +44 (0)1202 473311

Email: hello@taylormadedesigns.co.uk www.taylormadedesigns.co.uk

■ Technogym

Tel: +44 (0)1344 300236

Email: UK_info@technogym.com www.technogym.com

■ The Fitness Group

Tel: +44 (0)330 175 8209

Email: info@thefitnessgrp.co.uk www.thefitnessgrp.co.uk

■ Tribute Brands www.tribute-brands.com

■ TRX Training

Tel: +44 (0)7306 223777

Email: bjoseph@trxtraining.com www.trxtraining.eu/en-gb

■ TVS Group

Tel: +44 (0)1706 260220

Email: Sales@TVS-Group.co.uk www.TVS-Group.co.uk

V■ Vor Technologies

Tel: +44 (0)115 945 5450

Email: info@wattbike.com

www.thisisvor.ai

W■ Wattbike

Tel: +44 (0)115 945 5450

Email: info@wattbike.com www.wattbike.com

■ Wellhub www.wellhub.com

■ We Work Well

Email: info@weworkwellevents.com www.weworkwellevents.com

■ WellnessSpace Brands

Tel: +1-727-536-5566

Email: info@wellnessspace.com www.wellnessspace.com

Y■ Your Personal Training

Tel: +44 (0)1792 439481

Email: admin@yourpersonaltraininguk.com www.yourpersonaltraininguk.co.uk

Turn static files into dynamic content formats.

Create a flipbook
Issuu converts static files into: digital portfolios, online yearbooks, online catalogs, digital photo albums and more. Sign up and create your flipbook.